WO2006055625A2 - Heterocyclylbiphenyl derivates as protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors - Google Patents

Heterocyclylbiphenyl derivates as protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006055625A2
WO2006055625A2 PCT/US2005/041511 US2005041511W WO2006055625A2 WO 2006055625 A2 WO2006055625 A2 WO 2006055625A2 US 2005041511 W US2005041511 W US 2005041511W WO 2006055625 A2 WO2006055625 A2 WO 2006055625A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
aryl
halogen
independently
alkoxy
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2005/041511
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2006055625A3 (en
Inventor
Michael C. Van Zandt
Haiquan Fang
Shaojing Hu
Darren Whitehouse
Original Assignee
The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc filed Critical The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc
Priority to AU2005307818A priority Critical patent/AU2005307818A1/en
Priority to CA002587566A priority patent/CA2587566A1/en
Priority to JP2007543198A priority patent/JP2008520683A/en
Priority to EP05849533A priority patent/EP1836182A2/en
Publication of WO2006055625A2 publication Critical patent/WO2006055625A2/en
Publication of WO2006055625A3 publication Critical patent/WO2006055625A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/78Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans
    • C07D307/79Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/08Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/10Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/22Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by carboxyl groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/22Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C07C311/29Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms having the sulfur atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C317/00Sulfones; Sulfoxides
    • C07C317/14Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C317/00Sulfones; Sulfoxides
    • C07C317/26Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C317/32Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton with sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/50Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/51Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/52Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/64Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and sulfur atoms, not being part of thio groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/65Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and sulfur atoms, not being part of thio groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton containing sulfur atoms of sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/91Dibenzofurans; Hydrogenated dibenzofurans
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2603/00Systems containing at least three condensed rings
    • C07C2603/56Ring systems containing bridged rings
    • C07C2603/58Ring systems containing bridged rings containing three rings
    • C07C2603/70Ring systems containing bridged rings containing three rings containing only six-membered rings
    • C07C2603/74Adamantanes

Definitions

  • the invention relates to phenyl substituted carboxylic acids and more specifically to such compounds that are useful in the treatment of syndrome X (consisting of such abnormalities as obesity, dyslipidemia, hypercoagulation, hypertension, insulin resistance and leading to heart disease and diabetes) , obesity, diabetes, immunological disease, bleeding disorders and/or cancer. More specifically, it relates to such compounds that are capable of inhibiting Protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTPs) , in particular Protein tyrosine phosphatase-lB (PTP-IB) which is a negative regulator of the insulin and leptin -si-gnaling pathway-and- improves insulin- sensitivity.
  • PTPs Protein tyrosine phosphatases
  • PTP-IB Protein tyrosine phosphatase-lB
  • This invention relates to a class of heterocycle substituted carboxylic acids that are inhibitors of various PTPs, in particular PTP-IB.
  • Protein tyrosine phosphatases are a large family of transmembrane or intracellular enzymes that dephosphorylate substrates involved in a variety of regulatory processes (Fischer et al., 1991, Science 253:401-406) .
  • Protein tyrosine phosphatase-lB (PTP-IB) is an approximately 50 kd intracellular protein, which is present in abundant amounts in various human tissues (Charbonneau et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:5252-5256; Goldstein, 1993, Receptor 3:1-15) .
  • insulin receptor One substrate which has aroused especial interest is the insulin receptor.
  • the binding of insulin to its receptor results in autophosphorylation of the domain. This causes activation of the insulin receptor tyrosine kinase, which phosphorylates the various insulin receptor substrate (IRS) proteins that propagate the insulin signaling event further downstream to mediate insulin's various biological effects.
  • IFS insulin receptor substrate
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • Ahmad et al. , 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270:20503-20508 used osmotic -loading to introduce- PTP-IB neutralizing antibodies into rat KRC-7 hepatoma cells.
  • the presence of the antibody in the cells resulted in an increase of 42% and 38%, respectively, in insulin stimulated DNA synthesis and phosphatidyinositol 3' kinase activity.
  • Insulin receptor autophosphorylation and insulin receptor substrate-1 tyrosine phosphorylation were increased 2.2 and 2.0-fold, respectively, in the antibody- loaded cells.
  • the antibody-loaded cells also showed a 57% increase in insulin stimulated insulin receptor kinase activity toward exogenous peptide substrates.
  • inhibition of PTP IB can be predicted to have an effect on bleeding disorder, and cardiovascular disease.
  • PTP-IB deficient mice show enhanced potency for exogenous leptin to suppress food intake (Cheng, et al. Developmental Cell 2:497-503, 2002) .
  • inhibitors of PTP-IB augment the beneficial effects of leptin on food intake, body weight regulation and metabolism, in normal individuals and leptin resistant individuals.
  • inhibitors of PTPs are useful in controlling or treating obesity, syndrome X, Type 2 diabetes, in improving glucose tolerance, and in improving insulin sensitivity in patients in need thereof.
  • Such compounds are also useful in treating or controlling other PTP mediated diseases, such as the treatment of cancer, neurodegenerative diseases, immunological disorders, bleeding and cardiovascular disorders, and the like.
  • the invention encompasses the compounds of formula (A) shown below, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and methods employing such compounds or compositions in the treatment of diabetes and/or cancer.
  • the invention provides compounds of formula A:
  • Ri is H, C x -C 6 alkyl, phenyl (Ci-C 5 ) alkyl, or C 2 -C 6 alkenyl;
  • L 2 is a bond or -C(O)NRi 0 -, -N(Ri 0 )C(O)-, - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-
  • L 3 is absent, a bond, - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-O-, -0- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, -phenyl-;
  • L 5 is a bond, -0- (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-, - (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-O-, -C(O)N(Rg)-(C 1 -
  • Rn at each occurrence is independently N X2 R X3 , -
  • R i2 and Ri 3 are independently H or Ci-C 6 alkyl, R2 0f R-2if R22, and R 23 are independently selected from H, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, halogen, alkyl, OH, alkoxy, NO 2 ,
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently H, C x -C 6 alkyl, aryl (C x -C 6 ) alkyl, C 2 - C 6 alkanoyl, aryl C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, C x -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl C x -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH 2 , -C (0)NH (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, -
  • Ci-C 4 alkyl C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, NO 2 , OH, NH 2 , NH (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, N (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl (C x -
  • C 6 alkyl, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; and Z is absent, H, -NHC(0)aryl, -N(C 1 -C 4 alkyl) C (0) aryl, or aryl
  • aryl wherein the aryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, or NO 2 , or Z is -NHC (O)- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl- (C 3 -C 7 ) cycloalkyl, -N (C 1 -C 4 ) alkylC (0) -
  • the compounds of formula A bind to PTPs, and in particular to PTP-IB.
  • the invention also includes intermediates that are useful in making the compounds of the invention.
  • the invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound or salt of formula A and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, solvent, adjuvant or diluent.
  • the invention further provides methods of treating disease such as diabetes, syndrome X, cancer, immunological disease, bleeding disorders, or cardiovascular disease in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the patient a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of formula A, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or salt of formula A.
  • the invention provides a method for inhibiting protein tyrosine phosphatases, preferably PTP-IB, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula A.
  • the invention provides a method for treating metabolic disorders related to insulin resistance or hyperglycemia, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula A.
  • the invention also provides the use of a compound or salt according to formula A for the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating diabetes or cancer or other diseases related to PTP.
  • the invention also provides methods of preparing the compounds of the invention and the intermediates used in those methods.
  • the invention also provides methods and compositions for combination therapy of Type I and Type II diabetes.
  • the invention provides formulations and pharmaceutical compositions, as well as methods for treating Type I and Type II diabetes with the compounds of formula A plus additional compounds and medicaments as disclosed in more detail below.
  • the methods of the invention can comprise treatment methods for Type I and Type II diabetes where the compounds of formula A are formulated with a therapeutically-effective amount of said additional compounds and medicaments.
  • treatment methods of the invention for Type I and Type II diabetes comprise administration of the inventive compounds of formula A as disclosed herein concomitantly, simultaneously or together with a therapeutically-effective amount of said additional compounds and medicaments.
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula A are compounds of formula I:
  • Preferred compounds of formula I are compounds of formula I-a, wherein, Q is H, phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, -phenyl-carbonyl-phenyl, - phenyl- (C 1 -C4) alkyl-phenyl, -phenyl-pyridyl, -phenyl- pyrimidyl, -phenyl-benzofuranyl, -phenyl-indolyl, -phenyl- piperidinyl, -phenyl-pyrrolidinyl, -phenyl-piperazinyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, dibenzofuranyl, - benzothienyl- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-phenyl, -indolyl- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl- phenyl, benzofuranyl- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl
  • L 3 are in a 1 to 3 positional relationship on the A ring.
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula I-a are compounds of formula I-b, wherein, the A ring is phenyl, pyrido [1,2-a] indolyl, furanyl, thienyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, indolyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C x -C 6 alkoxy, C x -C 4 haloalkyl, Ci-C 4 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (C x -C 6 ) alkyl (C x - C 6 ) alkyl; and R 2 o, R 2 I f R ⁇ 2 f and R23 are independently selected from H, phenyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkoxy, phenyl (
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula I-b are compounds of formula I-c, wherein,
  • R x is H, C x -C 6 alkyl, benzyl, or allyl;
  • L 2 is a bond or -C(O)NRi 0 -, -N(R 10 )C(O)-, - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-
  • L 3 is absent, a bond, - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-O-, -0- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl, -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, or -phenyl-;
  • L 5 is a bond, -0- (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl-, - (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl-O-, -C (0) N (R 9 ) - (C 1 - C 4 ) alkyl-, -N(R 9 )C(O)-(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl- , -N(Rg)-(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl- wherein -(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl- is optionally substituted with phenyl, -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-N(Rg), - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, -SO 2 N(R 9 )-, -SO 2 N(R 9 )- (C 1 -C
  • R 9 and Ri 0 are independently is H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, -S0 2 phenyl, -C 1 -C 6 alkyl-furanyl, -C 1 -
  • Rn at each occurrence is independently -N 12 Ri 3 , - N(R 12 )C(O)R 13 , N(R 12 )CO 2 Ri 3 , or -C(O)NRi 2 Ri 3 , wherein R 12 and R 13 are independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula I-c are compounds of formula I-d, wherein,
  • L 2 is a bond or -C(O)NRi 0 -, -N(Ri 0 )C(O)-, - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl- C(O)N(Ri 0 )-, -0- (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-, or - (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-0-;
  • the A ring is phenyl, pyrido[1, 2-a] indolyl, furanyl, thienyl, indolyl, • thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (C
  • Z is phenyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, Ci-C 4 haloalkoxy, or NO 2 .
  • a preferred class of compounds of formulas I-c or I-d are compounds of formula I-e, wherein,
  • R 22 and R 23 are both H
  • L 5 is a bond, -SO 2 N(R 9 )-, -SO 2 N(Rg)-(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -N (R 9 ) SO 2 - (Q L - C 4 ) alkyl-, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -(C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-S- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, or -N(R 9 )SO 2 -, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more Rn groups; and Q is phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, dibenzofuranyl, -benzothieny
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula I-e are compounds of formula I-f, wherein, R 9 is H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C x -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, -S0 2 phenyl, -Ci-C 6 alkyl-furanyl, -C x -C 6 alkyl-tetrazolyl, -Ci-C 6 - alkyl thienyl, -C x -C 6 - alkyl pyrrolyl, -Ci-C 6 - alkyl pyridyl, benzyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl
  • L 3 is a bond, - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-O-, -0- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, or -phenyl-.
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula I-f are compounds of formula I-g, wherein, L 2 is a bond or -C(O)NRi 0 -, -N(Ri 0 )C(O)-, -0- (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-, or
  • ⁇ -(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-O-;- - - - the A ring is phenyl, furanyl, indolyl, thiazolyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, C x -C 2 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl;
  • Q is phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1,2, 3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, or benzofuranyl-CH 2 -phenyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently C x -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, CF 3 , OCF 3 , NR 6 R 7 , phenyl, or phenyl- (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-; wherein
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, benzyl, C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, phenyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkanoyl, C x -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, or -S0 2 -phenyl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, NO 2 , OH, NH 2 , NH(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, N(Ci- C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, CF 3 , or OCF 3 ; and Z is phenyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, CF 3 ,
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula I-e are compounds of formula I-h, wherein,
  • L 3 is a bond, - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-0-, -0- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-;
  • L 5 is -SO 2 N(R 9 )-, -SO 2 N(Rg)-(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -N(R 9 )SO 2 -(Ci-
  • R 22 is H, phenyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkoxy, benzyl, halogen, (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, OH, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (C 1 - C 6 ) alkyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO 2 , CF 3 or OCF 3 .
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula I-h are compounds of formula I-i, wherein, the A ring is phenyl, indolyl, or thiazolyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, or 2 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, CF 3 , OCF 3 , NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (C x - C 6 ) alkyl;
  • Q is phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, 1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, or benzofuranyl-CH 2 -phenyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3groups that are independently Ci-C 6 alkoxy
  • Preferred compounds of formula I also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Ru groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-S- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Ru groups.
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula I-c are compounds of formula II,
  • n is 0 , 1 , 2 , 3 , or 4 ; and each Rio is independently, halogen, C x -C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy,
  • Q is H, phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, -phenyl- (C1-C4) alkyl-phenyl, -phenyl-pyridyl, -phenyl-pyrimidyl, -phenyl-benzofuranyl, -phenyl-indolyl, -phenyl-piperidinyl, -phenyl- pyrrolidinyl, -phenyl-piperazinyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, dibenzofuranyl, -benzothienyl- (C x - C 4 ) alkyl-phenyl, -indolyl- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-phenyl, benzofuranyl- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-phenyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl
  • Rg and Ri 0 are independently is H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, -SO 2 phenyl, ' -CH 2 -furanyl, -CH 2 -tetrazolyl, benzyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently C x -C 4 alkyl, C x -C 4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, N(C x -C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, or C x -C 4 haloalkoxy.
  • Q-L 3 - is in a meta position on the phenylene ring.
  • Preferred compounds of formula II include compounds of formula II-a, wherein L 3 is a bond, - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-0-, -0- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl, or -(C 1 -
  • R 20 and R 21 are independently selected from H, phenyl (C 1 -
  • Preferred compounds of formula II-a include compounds of formula II-b, wherein R 1 is H, or C 1 -C 5 alkyl,
  • Q is H, phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, dibenzofuranyl, -benzothienyl- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl- phenyl, -indolyl- (C 1 -Cj) alkyl-phenyl, benzofuranyl- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-phenyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 1,2, 3, 4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, or imidazo[2,l- b]thiazol-3-one, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, hal
  • Preferred compounds of formula II also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 11 groups. Preferred compounds of formula II also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula II also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula II also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-S- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred class of compounds of formula II-b include compounds of formula III,
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each Rio is independently, halogen, C x -C 5 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy,
  • Preferred compounds of formula III include compounds of formula III-a, wherein L 3 is a bond or -C x -C 4 alkyl-;
  • L 5 is a bond, -0- (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-, - (C x -C 6 ) alkyl-O-, -C(O)N(Rg)-(C 1 - C 4 ) alkyl-, -N(R 9 )C(O)-(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(C x -C 6 ) alkyl- , -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ), -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) - (C x -C 4 ) alkyl-, -SO 2 N(R 9 )-, -SO 2 N(Rg)-(C x -C 4 ) alkyl-, -N (R 9 ) SO 2 - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl- , -N(R 9 )SO 2 -,
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-a include compounds of formula III-b, wherein
  • L 5 is a bond, -0- (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl-, - (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl-0-, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-b include compounds of formula III-c, wherein
  • R 22 is H, phenyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkoxy, benzyl, halogen, (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, OH, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (C x - C 6 ) alkyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO 2 , C 1 -C 2 haloalkyl, or Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-c include compounds of formula III-d, wherein
  • L 5 is -0-(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl-, - (C x -C 6 ) alkyl-O-, -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 )- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -(C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, or -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-S- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-c include compounds of formula III-e, wherein L 5 is - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl- or -C(O)-(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-. In another aspect, L5 is -CH 2 -.
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-c include compounds of formula III-f, wherein
  • L 5 is -S- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl- or - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-S- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-. In another aspect, L5 is -S- (C 1 -C 2 ) alkyl-.
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-a include compounds of formula III-g, wherein
  • L 5 is -C(O)N(Rg)-(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, -N(R 9 )C(O)-(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, -
  • R 9 is H, C 1 -Cg- alkyl, -SO 2 phenyi, -C 1 -C 6 alkyl-furanyl, -C 1 -
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-g include compounds of formula III-h, wherein R 1 and R 21 are both H; and
  • R 22 is H, phenyl (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy, benzyl, halogen, (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, OH, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, or N (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl (C 1 - C 6 ) alkyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO 2 , Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-h include compounds of formula III-i, wherein
  • R 9 is H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, -S0 2 phenyl, -Ci-C 4 alkyl-furanyl, -Ci-C 4 alkyl-tetrazolyl, -Ci-C 4 - alkyl thienyl, -Ci-C 4 - alkyl pyrrolyl, -Ci-C 4 - alkyl pyridyl, benzyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1,
  • Ci-C 4 alkyl 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Ci-C 4 alkyl, C x -C 4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH(C x -C 6 ) alkyl, N(C 1 - C 6 ) alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, CF 3 , or OCF 3 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-i include compounds of formula III-j , wherein
  • L 5 is -C(O)N(Rg)-(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -N(R 9 )C(O)-(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -N(R 9 )C(O)-, -(C 1 -C 4 ) -alkyl-S- (C x -C 4 ) alkyl-, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N(R 9 ) -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -(C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl-, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-j include compounds of formula III-k, wherein R 9 is H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, or benzyl, wherein phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently C x -C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, CF 3 , or OCF 3 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-j include compounds of formula III-l, wherein R 9 is H, -SO 2 phenyl, -Ci-C 4 alkyl-furanyl, -C x -C 4 alkyl- tetrazolyl, -Ci-C 4 - alkyl thienyl, -Ci-C 4 - alkyl pyrrolyl, -C x -C 4 - alkyl pyridyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, N (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl (C 1 - C 6 ) alkyl, CF 3 , or OCF 3 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-i include compounds of formula III-m, wherein
  • L 5 is -N(Rg)-(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl-, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ), or -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-.
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-m include compounds of formula III-n, wherein
  • R 9 is H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, or benzyl, wherein phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are • independently Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO 2 ,
  • NH 2 NH(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, CF 3 , or OCF 3 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-m include compounds of formula III-o, wherein
  • R 9 is H, -S0 2 phenyl, -Ci-C 4 alkyl-furanyl, -Ci-C 4 alkyl- tetrazolyl, -C x -C 4 - alkyl thienyl, -Ci-C 4 - alkyl pyrrolyl, -Ci-C 4 - alkyl pyridyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently C x -C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, N (C x -C 6 ) alkyl (C 1 - C 6 ) alkyl, CF 3 , or OCF 3 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-i include compounds of formula III-p, wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -(C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl-, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 )-
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-p include compounds of formula III-q, wherein Rg is H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, or benzyl, wherein phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO 2 ,
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-p include compounds of formula III-r, wherein
  • Rg is H, -SO 2 phenyl, -Ci-C 4 alkyl-furanyl, -Ci-C 4 alkyl- tetrazolyl, -Ci-C 4 - alkyl thienyl, -Ci-C 4 - alkyl pyrrolyl, - -- ⁇ -Ci-C 4 - alkyl pyridyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl - groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (C x - C 6 ) alkyl, CF 3 , or OCF 3 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula III-a include compounds of formula III-s, wherein
  • R 22 is H, phenyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkoxy, benzyl, halogen, (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, OH, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (C x - C 6 ) alkyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO 2 , CF 3 , or OCF 3 .
  • Preferred compounds of formula III also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula III also include compounds wherein L 5 is - (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula III also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula III also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-S- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compound of formula III-s include compounds of formula IV,
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each Rio is independently, halogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, Ci-C 4 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl.
  • the dibenzofuranyl group is in a meta position on the phenylene ring.
  • Preferred compounds of formula IV also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula IV also include compounds wherein L 5 is - (C2-C 6 ) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula IV also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula IV also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-S- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compound of formula I II-s include compounds of formula V,
  • n 0 , 1 , 2 , 3 , or 4 ; and each Rio is independently, halogen, C x -C 6 alkyl , Ci-C 6 alkoxy,
  • Ci-C 4 haloalkyl C 1 -C 4 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH ( Ci-C 6 ) alkyl , or N ( Ci-C 6 ) alkyl ( Ci-C 6 ) alkyl .
  • the benzyl substituted benzofuranyl methylene moiety is in a meta position on the phenylene ring.
  • Preferred compounds of formula V also include compounds wherein L 5 is - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula V also include compounds wherein L 5 is - (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula V also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Ru groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula V also include compounds wherein L 5 is —(-Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-S- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Ru groups.
  • Preferred compound of formula III-s include compounds of formula VI,
  • the benzofuranyl methylene moiety is in a meta position on the phenylene ring.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VI also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 11 groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VI also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 11 groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VI also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the • - alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 11 groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VI also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-S- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R 1I groups.
  • Preferred compound of formula III-s include compounds of formula VII,
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each R 1 O is independently, halogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy,
  • the indolyl group is in a meta position on the phenylene ring.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VII also include compounds wherein L 5 is - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Ru groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VII also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VII al-so include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-N (Rg) - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VII also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-S- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compound of formula III-s include compounds of formula VIII,
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each Rio is independently, halogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C x -C 6 alkoxy, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, Ci-C 4 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl (C x -C 6 ) alkyl.
  • the diphenylether group is in a meta position on the phenylene ring.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VIII also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VIII also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VIII also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula VIII also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-S- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula A are compounds of formula X,
  • Preferred compounds of formula X are compounds of formula X-a, wherein,
  • Q is H, phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, -phenyl-carbonyl-phenyl, - phenyl- (C x -C 4 ) alkyl-phenyl, -phenyl-pyridyl, -phenyl- pyrimidyl, -phenyl-benzofuranyl, -phenyl-indolyl, -phenyl- piperidinyl, -phenyl-pyrrolidinyl, -phenyl-piperazinyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, dibenzofuranyl, - benzothienyl- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-phenyl, -indolyl- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl- phenyl, benzofuranyl- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-phenyl, piperidinyl, pyrrol
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula X-a are compounds of formula X-b, wherein, the A ring is phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, pyrido [1, 2-a] indolyl, furanyl, thienyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, indolyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C x -C 6 alkoxy, C x -C 4 haloalkyl, Ci-C 4 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl (C x - C 6 ) alkyl; and R 2 Or B-2ir R22J and R23 are independently selected from H, phenyl (C x -C
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula X-b are compounds of formula X-c, wherein, R x is H, C x -C 6 alkyl, benzyl, or allyl;
  • L 2 is a bond or -C(O)NR 10 -, -N(R 10 )C(O)-, - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl- N(R 10 )C(O)-, -C (O)N (R 10 ) -(C x -C 4 ) alkyl-, -N(R 10 )C(O)-(C 1 -
  • L 3 is absent, a bond, - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-0-, -0- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, or -phenyl-;
  • L 5 is a bond, -0- (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl-, - (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl-0-, -C (O)N (R 9 ) - (C ⁇ - C 4 ) alkyl-, -N(R 9 )C(O)-(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl- , -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ), -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, -SO 2 N(R 9 )-, -SO 2 N(Rg)-(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, -N (R 9 ) SO 2 - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl- , -N(R 9 )SO 2 -, -
  • R 9 and R 1O are independently is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -S0 2 phenyl, -C 1 -C 6 alkyl-furanyl, -C 1 -C 6 alkyl-tetrazolyl, -C 1 -C 6 - alkyl thienyl, -C 1 -C 5 - alkyl pyrrolyl, -Ci-C 6 - alkyl pyridyl, benzyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 __ groups that are independently Gi-C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, N(C 1 - C 6 ) alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, or C 1 -C 4 hal
  • N(R 12 )C(O)R 13 N(R 12 )CO 2 Ri 3 , or -C(O)NRi 2 R 13 , wherein R 12 and R 13 are independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula X-c are compounds of formula X-d, wherein, L 2 is a bond;
  • L 3 ia a bond, - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-0-, -0- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl, or -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-; the A ring is phenyl; and Z is absent.
  • a preferred class of compounds of formulas X-c or X-d are compounds of formula X-e, wherein,
  • R2 1 and R2 3 are both H;
  • R2 2 is OH or phenyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkoxy;
  • L 5 is -N(R 9 )C(O)-(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, or -N(R 9 )C(O)-, and
  • Q is phenyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, or dibenzofuranyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR 6 R 7 , or phenyl.
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula X-e are compounds of formula I-f, wherein R 9 is H.
  • Preferred compounds of formula X-e are compounds of formula X-f, wherein Q is benzofuran, optionally substituted with Ci-C 6 alkyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula X also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Ru groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula X also include compounds wherein L 5 is - (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula X also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • Preferred compounds of formula X also include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 1 -C4) alkyl-S- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L 5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
  • the invention provides compounds of Formula XI:
  • R 28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C 1 -C 4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C ⁇ -C 3 alkoxy or C x -C 2 acyl, or with one phenoxy;
  • R 29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C x -C 4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C 1 -C 3 alkoxy or C x -C 2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R 2 8 and R2 9 is hydrogen or C x -C6 alkyl; R 20 and R 21 are independently hydrogen or halogen;
  • L 5 is -(C x -C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, -(C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl-, or -(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-S- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or two R 11 groups, R 9 is H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl;
  • R 11 at each occurrence is independently N 12 R 1S , -
  • R 12 and R 13 are independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, each Rio is independently H, halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy,
  • a preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
  • n is 0 or 1. In a preferred aspect, n is 0. In another preferred aspect of Formula XI, n is 1 and Ri 0 is chloro, fluoro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, or amino. In still another preferred aspect of Formula XI, n is 1 and Rio is fluoro, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula XI include those where R20 is hydrogen and R 21 is hydrogen. Also preferred are compounds wherein R 20 is hydrogen and R 21 is halogen. More preferably R 2 1 is fluoro. In another aspect, both of R 2 o and R 2 1 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • Other preferred compounds of Formula XI include those where R 2 s is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R 2 g is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • Other preferred compounds of Formula XI include those where R 29 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R 28 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • R 28 and R 2 g is hydrogen
  • the other is preferably adamantanyl or dibenzofuranyl, more preferably dibenzofuran-3-yl or dibenzofuran-4-yl, most preferably dibenzofuran-4-yl.
  • Each of these preferred R 28 and R 29 groups is optionally substituted with from 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and most preferably 1-2 groups selected from Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and NR 6 R 7 , where R 6 and R 7 are independently H, C x -C 6 alkyl, Ci- C 6 alkanoyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH 2 , -C(0)NH(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or - C(O)N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl.
  • a preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
  • R 2 s is hydrogen
  • R 29 is dibenzothiophen-4-yl.
  • R 28 is hydrogen
  • R 29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl
  • each of R 30 and R 31 is hydrogen.
  • R 20 is hydrogen and R 21 is halogen, more preferably fluoro.
  • both of R 2 o and R 21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • both of R 2 o and R 2 i are hydrogen.
  • R 29 is hydrogen; R 28 is dibenzofuran-4-yl.
  • R 20 and R21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • R 2 o is hydrogen and R2 1 is fluoro.
  • Preferred compounds of formula XI include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein R 9 is Ci-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula XI include compounds wherein L 5 is -(C 2 ⁇ C 6 ) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with one Rn group.
  • Preferred compounds of formula XI include compounds wherein L 5 is -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-S- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-.
  • the invention provides compounds of Formula XII:
  • R 27 is Ci-Ce alkoxy
  • R 2S is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C 1 -C 4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C x -C 3 alkoxy or Ci-C 2 acyl, or with one phenoxy;
  • R 29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C 1 -C 4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two Ci-C 3 alkoxy or Ci-C 2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R 28 and R 2 9 is hydrogen or Ci-C 6 alkyl;
  • R 20 and R 2 i are independently hydrogen or halogen;
  • R 30 and R 3 i are independently hydrogen or C x -C 2 alkyl; each Rio is independently H, halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy,
  • a preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula XII include those where R 2 o is hydrogen and R 2 i is hydrogen. Also preferred are compounds where R 20 is hydrogen and R 21 is halogen. More preferably R 21 is fluoro. In another aspect, both of R 2 o and R 21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • n is 0 or 1. In a preferred aspect, n is 0. In another preferred aspect of Formula XII, n is 1 and Rio is chloro, fluoro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, or amino. In still another preferred aspect of Formula XII, n is 1 and Rio is fluoro, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
  • R 28 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R 29 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • R 29 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • R2 9 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R2 8 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • R28 and R2 9 is hydrogen
  • the other is preferably adamantanyl or dibenzofuranyl, more preferably dibenzofuran-3-yl or dibenzofuran-4-yl, most preferably dibenzofuran-4-yl.
  • R 28 and R2 9 groups is optionally substituted with from 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and most preferably 1-2 groups selected from C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C4 alkoxycarbonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and NRgR 7 , where R 6 and R 7 are independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 - C 6 alkanoyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH 2 , -C (0)NH (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, or - C(O)N (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl.
  • a preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
  • R 28 is hydrogen
  • R 2 g is
  • R 28 is hydrogen; R 29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R 30 and R 31 is hydrogen.
  • R 20 is hydrogen and R 21 is halogen, more preferably fluoro.
  • both of R 20 and R 21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • both of R 20 and R 21 are hydrogen.
  • R 2 g is hydrogen; R 28 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R 3 1 is hydrogen.
  • both of R 2 o and R 2 i are halogen, preferably fluoro. More preferably, within this aspect, R2 0 is hydrogen and R 21 is fluoro.
  • Still other preferred compounds of Formula XII include those where one of R 28 and R 2 g is 3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 3-formylphenyl, or 3-acetylphenyl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula XII include those where R 30 and R 31 are (i) both hydrogen, (ii) hydrogen and methyl, or (iii) both methyl. More preferred compounds of Formula XII are those where R 30 and R 31 are both hydrogen.
  • the invention provides compounds of Formula XIII:
  • R 27 is Ci-C 6 alkoxy
  • R 28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C 4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C 1 -C 3 alkoxy or C 1 -C 2 acyl, or with one phenoxy;
  • R 29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C 1 -C 4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C 1 -C3 alkoxy or C 1 -C 2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R2 8 and R29 is hydrogen or Ci-C 6 alkyl; R 20 and R 21 are independently hydrogen or halogen;
  • R 30 and R 31 are independently hydrogen or Ci-C 2 alkyl; each Rio is independently H, halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C4 alkoxy, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
  • a preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
  • R 28 is hydrogen
  • R 29 is dibenzothiophen-4-yl
  • each of R 30 and R 31 are hydrogen.
  • n is 0 or 1.
  • n is 0.
  • Ri 0 is chloro, fluoro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, or amino.
  • n is 1 and Ri 0 is fluoro, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula XIII include those where R 20 is hydrogen and R21 is hydrogen. Also preferred are compounds wherein R20 is hydrogen and R 21 is halogen. More preferably R 21 is fluoro. In another aspect, both of R20 and R21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • R 28 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R2 9 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • R 29 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R28 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • R 28 and R 29 is hydrogen
  • the other is preferably adamantanyl or dibenzofuranyl, more preferably dibenzofuran-3-yl or dibenzofuran-4-yl, most preferably dibenzofuran-4-yl.
  • Each of these preferred R 28 and R2 9 groups is optionally substituted with from 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and most preferably 1-2 groups selected from Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and NR 6 R 7 , where R 6 and R 7 are independently H, C x -C 6 alkyl, Ci- C 6 alkanoyl, C x -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH 2 , -C (0)NH(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or -C(O)N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl.
  • R2 8 is hydrogen; R 29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R 30 and R 31 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 o is hydrogen and R 21 is halogen, more preferably fluoro.
  • both of R 2 o and R 2I are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • both of R 2 o and R 21 are hydrogen.
  • R29 is hydrogen; R28 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R 31 is hydrogen.
  • both of R20 and R 21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • R 2 s is hydrogen; R2 9 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R 31 is methyl.
  • Still otherpreferred compounds of Formula XIII include those where one of R 28 and R 29 is 3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 3-formylphenyl, or 3-acetylphenyl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula XIII include those where R 30 and R 31 are (i) both hydrogen, (ii) hydrogen and methyl, or (iii) both methyl. More preferred compounds of Formula XIII are those where R 30 and R 3x are both hydrogen.
  • the invention provides compounds of Formula XIV:
  • R 28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv)
  • R 29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C 1 -C 4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C 1 -C 3 alkoxy or C 1 -C 2 acyl, or with one phenoxy;
  • R 29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C 1 -C 4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C 1 -C 3 alkoxy or C 1 -C 2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R 28 and R 29 is hydrogen or Ci-C 6 alkyl;
  • R 2 0 and R21 are independently hydrogen or halogen;
  • R 3 0 and R 3 1 are independently hydrogen or Ci-C 2 alkyl; each R ⁇ o is independently H, halogen, C 1 -C4 alkyl, C 1 -C4 alkoxy, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, Ci-C 4 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, or N (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
  • a preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula XIV include those where R 2 o is hydrogen and R 21 is hydrogen. Also preferred are compounds where R 2 o is hydrogen and R 21 is halogen. More preferably R 2 1 is fluoro. In another aspect, both of R 2 o and R 21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • n is 0 or 1. In a preferred aspect, n is 0. In another preferred aspect of Formula -XIV, n is 1 and R 1O is chloro, fluoro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, or amino. In still another preferred aspect of Formula XIV, n is 1 and Rio is fluoro, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
  • R 28 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R 29 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • R 29 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • R 2 g is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R 2 s is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • R 28 and R 29 is hydrogen
  • the other is preferably adamantanyl or dibenzofuranyl, more preferably dibenzofuran-3-yl or dibenzofuran-4-yl, most preferably dibenzofuran-4-yl.
  • Each of these preferred R 2 s and R 29 groups is optionally substituted with from 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and most preferably 1-2 groups selected from Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and NR 6 R 7 , where R 6 and R 7 are independently H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-
  • a preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
  • R28 is hydrogen
  • R 2 g is dibenzothiophen-4-yl
  • each of R 3 0 and R 3 1 are hydrogen.
  • R 28 is hydrogen; R29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R 30 and R 3 1 is hydrogen.
  • R 20 is hydrogen and R 2 i is halogen, more preferably fluoro.
  • both of R 20 and R 2I are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • both of R 2 o and R 21 are hydrogen.
  • R 2 g is hydrogen; R 2 s is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R 30 and R 3 1 is hydrogen.
  • both of R 2 o and R 2 i are halogen, preferably fluoro. More preferably, within this aspect, R 2 o is hydrogen and R 21 is fluoro.
  • Still other preferred compounds of Formula XIV include those where one of R 2 s and R 29 is 3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 3-formylphenyl, or 3-acetylphenyl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula XIV include those where R30 and R 3 i are (i) both hydrogen, (ii) hydrogen and methyl, or
  • the invention provides compounds of Formula XV: and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R 27 is Ci-C 6 alkoxy; R 28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C 4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C 1 -C 3 alkoxy or C 1 -C 2 acyl, or with one phenoxy;
  • R 29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C 4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C 1 -C 3 alkoxy or C 1 -C 2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R 28 and R 29 is hydrogen or Ci-C 6 alkyl; R 20 and R 21 are independently hydrogen or halogen;
  • R 30 and R 31 are independently hydrogen or Ci-C 2 alkyl; each Rio is independently H, halogen, Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy,
  • a preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
  • R 28 is hydrogen
  • R 29 is dibenzothiophen-4-yl
  • each of R 30 and R 31 are hydrogen.
  • n is 0 or 1. In a preferred aspect, n is 0. In another preferred aspect of
  • n is 1 and Rio is chloro, fluoro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, or amino.
  • n is 1 and Rio is fluoro, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula XV include those where R 2 o is hydrogen and R 2 i is hydrogen. Also preferred are compounds wherein R20 is hydrogen and R 2 i is halogen. More preferably R 2 i is fluoro. In another aspect, both of R 2 o and R 2 i are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • R 2 s is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R 2 g is hydrogen, halogen, or.t-butyl.
  • R 2 g is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R 28 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • R 28 and R 29 is hydrogen
  • the other is preferably adamantanyl or dibenzofuranyl, more preferably dibenzofuran-3-yl or dibenzofuran-4-yl, most preferably dibenzofuran-4-yl.
  • Each of these preferred R2 8 and R 2 g groups is optionally substituted with from 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and most preferably 1-2 groups selected from Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and NR 6 R 7 , where R 6 and R 7 are independently H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci- C 6 alkanoyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH 2 , -C (0)NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or -C (O)N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl.
  • R 2 8 is hydrogen; R 29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R 30 and R 31 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 o is hydrogen and R 21 is halogen, more preferably fluoro.
  • both of R 20 and R 21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • both of R 2 o and R 2 i are hydrogen.
  • R 29 is hydrogen; R 2 8 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R 30 and R 3 1 is hydrogen.
  • both of R 2 o and R 21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • R 2 s is hydrogen; R 2 g is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R 31 is methyl.
  • Still otherpreferred compounds of Formula XV include those where one of R 2 s and R 29 is 3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 3-formylphenyl, or 3-acetylphenyl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula XV include those where R 30 and R 31 are (i) both hydrogen, (ii) hydrogen and methyl, or (iii) both methyl. More preferred compounds of Formula XV are those where R 30 and R 31 are both hydrogen.
  • the invention provides compounds of Formula XVI:
  • R 28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C 1 -C 3 alkoxy or C 1 -C 2 acyl, or with one phenoxy;
  • R 29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C 4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two Ci-C 3 alkoxy or Ci-C 2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R 28 and R 29 is hydrogen or Ci-C 6 alkyl ;
  • R20 and R 2 I are independently hydrogen or halogen;
  • R 30 and R 3 1 are independently hydrogen or Ci-C 2 alkyl;
  • each Ri 0 is independently H, halogen, Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, C x -C 4 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl; and
  • n is 0, 1, or 2.
  • a preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula XVI include those where R 2 o is hydrogen and R 21 is hydrogen. Also preferred are compounds where R 20 is hydrogen and R 21 is halogen. More preferably R 21 is fluoro. In another aspect, both of R 2 o and R 21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • n is 0 or 1. In a preferred aspect, n is 0. In another preferred aspect of Formula XVI, n is 1 and Rio is chloro, fluoro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, or amino. In still another preferred aspect of Formula XVI, n is 1 and Rio is fluoro, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
  • R 28 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R 2 g is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • R 2 g is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R 28 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • R 28 and R 2 g is hydrogen
  • the other is preferably adamantanyl or dibenzofuranyl, more preferably dibenzofuran-3-yl or dibenzofuran-4-yl, most preferably dibenzofuran-4-yl.
  • Each of these preferred R 28 and R 29 groups is optionally substituted with from 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and most preferably 1-2 groups selected from Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and NR 6 R 7 , where R 6 and R 7 are independently H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-
  • a preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
  • R 28 is hydrogen
  • R 29 is dibenzothiophen-4-yl
  • each of R30 and R 31 are hydrogen.
  • R 28 is hydrogen; R 2 g is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R 30 and R 31 is hydrogen.
  • R 20 is hydrogen and R 2x is halogen, more preferably fluoro.
  • both of R 2 o and R 2 i are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • both of R 2 o and R 2 i are hydrogen.
  • R 29 is hydrogen; R 28 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R 3 1 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 o and R 2 i are halogen, preferably fluoro. More preferably, within this aspect, R 2 o is hydrogen and R 2 i is fluoro.
  • Still other preferred compounds of Formula XVI include those where one of R 28 and R 2 g is 3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 3-formylphenyl, or 3-acetylphenyl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula XVI include those where R 30 and R 31 are (i) both hydrogen, (ii) hydrogen and methyl, or
  • the invention provides compounds of Formula XVII:
  • R 28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C 1 -C 4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two Ci-C 3 alkoxy or C 1 -C 2 acyl, or with one phenoxy;
  • R 29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C 1 -C 4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C 1 -C 3 alkoxy or C 1 -C 2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R 28 and R 29 is hydrogen or Ci-C 6 alkyl; R 20 and R 21 are independently hydrogen or halogen;
  • R 30 and R 31 are independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 2 alkyl; each Rio is independently H, halogen, Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, C x -C 4 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
  • a preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
  • R 28 is hydrogen
  • R 2 g is. dibenzothiophen-4-yl
  • each of R 30 and R 31 are hydrogen.
  • n is 0 or 1. In a preferred aspect, n is 0. In another preferred aspect of
  • n is 1 and Ri 0 is chloro, fluoro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, or amino.
  • n is 1 and Ri 0 is fluoro, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula XVII include those where R20 is hydrogen and R21 is hydrogen. Also preferred are compounds wherein R20 is hydrogen and R21 is halogen. More preferably R 21 is fluoro. In another aspect, both of R 2 o and R 21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • R 28 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R 29 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • R 29 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R 28 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
  • R 28 and R2 9 is hydrogen
  • the other is preferably adamantanyl or dibenzofuranyl, more preferably dibenzofuran-3-yl or dibenzofuran-4-yl, most preferably dibenzofuran-4-yl.
  • Each of these preferred R 28 and R 2 g groups is optionally substituted with from 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and most preferably 1-2 groups selected from Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxycarbonyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and NR 5 R 7 , where R 6 and R 7 are independently H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C x - C 6 alkanoyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH 2 , -C (0)NH (C x -C 6 ) alkyl, or -C(O)N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl.
  • R 28 is hydrogen; R29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R 30 and R 31 is hydrogen.
  • R20 is hydrogen and R 21 is halogen, more preferably fluoro.
  • both of R 20 and R 2I are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • both of R 20 and R 2x are hydrogen.
  • R 29 is hydrogen; R 2 s is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R 30 and R 31 is hydrogen.
  • both of R 2 o and R 2 i are halogen, preferably fluoro.
  • R 28 is hydrogen; R 29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R 30 and R 31 is methyl.
  • Still otherpreferred compounds of Formula XVII include those where one of R 28 and R 2 g is 3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 3-formylphenyl, or 3-acetylphenyl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula XVII include those where R 30 and R 3 1 are (i) both hydrogen, (ii) hydrogen and methyl, or (iii) both methyl. More preferred compounds of Formula XVII are those where R 30 and R 31 are both hydrogen.
  • the invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula (I)
  • L 2 is a bond; and A, Z, L 3 , L 5 , Q, R 1 , R 20 , R21, R22, and R 23 are as defined in claim 1; comprising: treating a compound of formula
  • X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO 2 CF 3 , with a metal catalyst, a base, and a compound of formula
  • R a is H or (Ci-Cs) alkyl, and L is alkylene, to provide a compound of formula
  • the invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula (I)
  • X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO 2 CF 3 , with a metal catalyst, a base, and a compound of formula
  • R A is H or (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, and L is alkylene, to provide a compound of formula
  • the invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula (I)
  • L 5 is -0- (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-, - (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-O-, -N (R 9 ) - (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-, -N (R 9 ) - (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl- wherein -(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl- is optionally substituted with phenyl, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl- , -S- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, - (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-S-, or - (C x -C 4 ) alkyl-S- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more Rn groups, Rg is H, Ci-C 6 alkyl
  • Rn at each occurrence is independently N12R13, -N (R12) C (0) R13, N(Ri 2 ) CO 2 R 13 , or -C(O)NR 12 Ri 3 , wherein Ri 2 and R 13 are independently H or Ci-C 6 alkyl; and
  • A, Z, L 2 , L 3 , Q, Ri, R20, R21 ⁇ R22 / and R 23 are as defined in claim 1; comprising: treating a compound of formula
  • R is (CH 2 ) n 0H, (CH 2 ) n SH, or (CH 2 ) n NH 2 , n is 0 , 1 , 2 , 3 , or 4 , with a base and a compound of formula
  • R' is methyl, para-methylphenyl, or CF 3 , and m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, to provide a compound of formula (I) .
  • the invention provides a compound of formula (XV)
  • Ri is H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, phenyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or C 2 -C 6 alkenyl;
  • L 3 is absent, a bond, - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-O-, -0- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, or -phenyl-;
  • L 5 is a bond, -0- (C x -C 6 ) alkyl-, - (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl-O-, -C(O)N(Rg)-(C 1 - C 4 ) alkyl-, -N(R 9 )C(O)-(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl- C(O)N(Rg)-(C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (R 9 ) C (0) - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(C x -C 6 ) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl- wherein - (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl- is optionally substituted with phenyl, - (C 1 -C 4 )
  • R 12 and R i3 are independently H or Ci-C 6 alkyl; and R 2 Of R21 ⁇ R22f and R 23 are independently selected from H, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, halogen, alkyl, OH, alkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , CN, NH (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, NH-aryl, NHC(O)-(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-aryl, N(Ci-C 4 alkyl) C (0) - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-aryl, N (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-aryl, -NHS0 2 -aryl, or -N(C
  • the invention provides a compound of formula (XVI) or formula (XVII)
  • R A is H or (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl; and L is alkylene; L 3 is a bond, - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-O-, -0- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl,
  • the A ring is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, Ci-C 4 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl;
  • Q is H, aryl, -aryl-carbonyl-aryl, -aryl-O-aryl, -aryl-alkyl- aryl, -aryl-heteroaryl, -aryl-heterocycloalkyl,
  • cyclic groups are optionally- substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR 6 R 7 , phenyl, phenyl- (C x - C 6 ) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, aryl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, C 2 - C 6 alkanoyl, aryl C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl Ci-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH 2 , -C (0)NH(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, - C (O)N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or -S0 2 -aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, NO 2 , OH, NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl
  • the invention provides a compound of formula (XVIII)
  • L 3 is a bond, - (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-O-, -0- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl,
  • the A ring is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, C x -C 4 haloalkyl, Ci-C 4 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl;
  • Q is H, aryl, -aryl-carbonyl-aryl, -aryl-O-aryl, -aryl-alkyl- aryl, -aryl-heteroaryl, -aryl-heterocycloalkyl, -heteroaryl, -heteroaryl-alkyl-aryl, or
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, aryl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, C 2 - C 6 alkanoyl, aryl C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl C x -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH 2 , -C (0)NH(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, - C (O)N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or -S0 2 -aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, Ci-C 4 alkyl, C x -C 4 alkoxy, NO 2 , OH, NH 2 , NH(C x -C 6 ) alkyl, N (C
  • the invention provides a compound of formula (XIX) or formula (XX)
  • Ri is H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, phenyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or C 2 -C 6 alkenyl;
  • L 5 is a bond, -0- (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl-, - (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-O-, -C(O)N(Rg)-(C 1 -
  • R 11 at each occurrence is independently N 12 Ri 3 , -
  • R i2 and R 13 are independently H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl; and R- 20 ⁇ R-2 1 ⁇ R22 / and R 23 are independently selected from H, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, halogen, alkyl, OH, alkoxy, NO 2 ,
  • R is (CH 2 ) n 0H, (CH 2 ) n SH, (CH 2 ) n NH 2 , (CH 2 ) n CHO, or CH 2 ) n -X;
  • X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO 2 R';
  • R' is methyl, para-methylphenyl, or CF 3 ;
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • L 2 is a bond or -C(O)NRi 0 -, -N(Ri 0 )C(O)-, -(Ci-C 4 ) alkyl-N (Ri 0 ) C(O)-, -C (0)N (Ri 0 ) - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-,
  • L 3 is absent, a bond, - (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-O-, -0- (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl,
  • the A ring is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, Ci-C 4 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or N (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl; R 20 , R 2 i, R 22 , and R 23 are independently selected from H, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, halogen, alkyl, OH, alkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , CN, NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl (Ci-C
  • Q is H, aryl, -aryl-carbonyl-aryl, -aryl-0-aryl, -aryl-alkyl- aryl, -aryl-heteroaryl, -aryl-heterocycloalkyl, -heteroaryl, -heteroaryl-alkyl-aryl, or -heterocycloalkyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NReR 7 , phenyl, phenyl- (Ci- C 6 ) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, aryl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, C 2 - C 6 alkanoyl, aryl C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl C x -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH 2 , -C(0)NH(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, - C (O)N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or -S0 2 -aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, NO 2 , OH, NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, N (Ci-C 6 ) al
  • Z is absent, H, -NHC(O) aryl, -N(C 1 -C 4 alkyl) C(0) aryl, or aryl (phenyl) , wherein the aryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently C x -C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, or NO 2 ; or
  • Z is -NHC(O)- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl- (C 3 -C 7 ) cycloalkyl, or
  • the invention provides a compound of formula (XXI) wherein R is (CH 2 ) n 0H, (CH 2 ) n SH, (CH 2 ) n NH 2 , (CH 2 ) n CH0, or CH 2 ) n -X;
  • X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO 2 R';
  • R' is methyl, para-methylphenyl, or CF 3 ; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • L 2 is a bond;
  • L 3 is a bond, ;
  • the A ring is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl , C 1 -C 4 haloalkoxy, NO 2 , NH 2 , NH (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl , or N (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl ;
  • R20 , R21, R22 , and R 23 are H;
  • Q is aryl, -aryl-carbonyl-aryl, -aryl-O-aryl, -aryl-alkyl-aryl, -aryl-heteroaryl, -aryl-heterocycloalkyl, -heteroaryl,
  • cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR 6 R 7 , phenyl, phenyl- (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, aryl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, C 2 - C 6 alkanoyl, aryl C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl Ci-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH 2 , -C (0)NH (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, - C (O)N (C x -C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or -SO 2 -aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, C x -C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, NO 2 , OH, NH 2 , NH(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, N (Ci-C 6
  • Z is absent, H, -NHC(O) aryl, -N(C x -C 4 alkyl) C (0) aryl, or aryl (phenyl) , wherein the aryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently C x -C 6 alkyl, C x -C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, or NO 2 ; or
  • Z is -NHC (O)- (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl- (C 3 -C 7 ) cycloalkyl, or
  • the invention provides a compound of formula (XXI) wherein R is (CH 2 ) n 0H, (CH 2 ) n SH, (CH 2 ) n NH 2 , (CH 2 ) n CHO, or CH 2 ) n -X;
  • X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO 2 R';
  • R' is methyl, para-methylphenyl, or CF 3 ; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; L 2 is a bond;
  • L 3 is a bond, ; the A ring is phenyl;
  • R20, R21/ R22, and R 23 are H;
  • Q is -heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR 6 R 7 , phenyl, phenyl- (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-;
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently H, C x -C 6 alkyl, aryl (C x -C 6 ) alkyl, C 2 - C 6 alkanoyl, aryl C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl C x -C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH 2 , -C (0)NH (C x -C 6 ) alkyl, - C (O)N(Ci-C 6 ) alkyl (Ci-C 6 ) alkyl, or -SO 2 -aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, NO 2 , OH, NH 2 , NH(C x -C 6 ) al
  • the invention provides a compound of formula (XXI) wherein R is (CH 2 ) n 0H, (CH 2 ) n SH, (CH 2 ) n NH 2 , (CH 2 ) n CHO, or CH 2 ) n -X;
  • X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO 2 R';
  • R' is methyl, para-methylphenyl, or CF 3 ; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; L 2 is a bond;
  • L 3 is a bond, ; the A ring is phenyl;
  • R20r R21, R22, and R 23 are H
  • Q is dibenzofuranyl, benzofuranyl, or indolyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, C x -C 6 alkyl, C x -C 6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR 6 R 7 , phenyl, phenyl- (C x -C 6 ) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein R 6 and R 7 are independently H or Ci-C 6 alkyl; and Z is H.
  • the invention provides a method of treating diabetes comprising administering a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of a compound of formula A to a patient in need of such treatment.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula A and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable solvent, carrier, adjuvant or excipient.
  • the invention provides a method of treating diabetes, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of a compounds of formula A.
  • the invention encompasses a method of treating diabetes comprising administering to a patient in need- thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of a compound or salt of formula A or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or salt of formula A.
  • the invention encompasses a method of inhibiting TPT-IB comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of a compound or salt of formula A or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or salt of formula A.
  • the invention encompasses a method of treating cancer or neurodegenerative diseases comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of a compound or salt of formula A or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or salt of formula A.
  • the invention provides a method of treating syndrome X (consisting of such abnormalities as obesity, dyslipidemia, hypercoagulation, hypertension, insulin resistance and leading to heart disease and diabetes) , obesity, diabetes, immunological disease, bleeding disorders and/or cancer comprising administering a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of a compound of formula A to a patient in need of such treatment.
  • the compounds of the invention bind to and preferably, inhibit PTP-IB.
  • PTP-IB binds to and preferably, inhibit PTP-IB.
  • various diseases including controlling or treating Type 2 diabetes, improving glucose tolerance, and in improving insulin sensitivity in patients in need thereof.
  • the compounds are also useful in treating or controlling other PTP- IB mediated diseases, such as the treatment of cancer, neurodegenerative diseases and the like.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound or salt of formula I for the manufacture of a medicament for treating cancer, neurodegenerative diseases diabetes, syndrome X, immunological disease, bleeding disorders, or cardiovascular diseases in a patient in need of such treatment.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound or a salt of formula I for the manufacture of a medicament for inhibiting PTP-IB in a patient in need thereof.
  • the invention provides the use of a pharmaceutical composition for the manufacture of a medicament comprising a compound of formula I and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable solvent, carrier, adjuvant or excipient.
  • alkoxy represents an alkyl group of indicated number of carbon atoms attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen bridge.
  • alkoxy groups include, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy and isopropoxy.
  • alkyl includes those alkyl groups of a designed number of carbon atoms. Alkyl groups may be straight, or branched. Examples of “alkyl” include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso-, sec- and tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 3-ethylbutyl, and the like.
  • alkylene means a divalent group derived from a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon of from 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Representative examples of alkylene include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -C (CH 3 ) 2 C (CH 3 ) 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )CH(CH 3 )-,
  • aryl refers to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring system containing at least one aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring may optionally be fused or otherwise attached to other aromatic hydrocarbon rings or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings.
  • aryl groups include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, 1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydronaphthalene and biphenyl.
  • Preferred examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, and anthracenyl. More preferred aryl groups are phenyl and naphthyl. Most preferred is phenyl.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a C 3 -Cs cyclic hydrocarbon.
  • examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.
  • halogen or halo indicate fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
  • heterocycloalkyl refers to a ring or ring system containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein said heteroatom is in a non-aromatic ring.
  • the heterocycloalkyl ring is optionally fused to or otherwise attached to other heterocycloalkyl rings and/or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings and/or phenyl rings.
  • Preferred heterocycloalkyl groups have from 3 to 7 members.
  • heterocycloalkyl groups include, for example, 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyridinonyl, and pyrazolidinyl.
  • Preferred heterocycloalkyl groups include piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyridinonyl, dihydropyrrolidinyl, and pyrrolidinonyl.
  • heteroaryl refers to an aromatic ring system containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • the heteroaryl ring may be fused or otherwise attached to one or more heteroaryl rings, aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings or heterocycloalkyl rings.
  • heteroaryl groups include, for example, pyridine, furan, thienyl, 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydroisoquinoline and pyrimidine.
  • heteroaryl groups include thienyl, benzothienyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, furanyl, benzOfuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, triazolyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrazolyl, and benzopyrazolyl.
  • the compounds of this invention may contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms, so that the compounds can exist in different stereoisomeric forms. These compounds can be, for example, racemates, chiral non-racemic or diastereomers. In these situations, the single enantiomers, i.e., optically active forms, can be obtained by asymmetric synthesis or by resolution of the racemates.
  • Resolution of the racemates can be accomplished, for example, by conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent; chromatography, using, for example a chiral HPLC column; or derivatizing the racemic mixture with a resolving reagent to generate diastereomers, separating the diastereomers via chromatography, and removing the resolving agent to generate the original compound in enantiomerically enriched form. Any of the above procedures can be repeated to increase the enantiomeric purity of a compound.
  • the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless otherwise specified, it is intended that the compounds include the cis, trans, Z- and E- configurations.
  • the compounds of general Formula A may be administered orally, topically, parenterally, by inhalation or spray or rectally in dosage unit formulations containing conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles.
  • parenteral as used herein includes percutaneous, subcutaneous, intravascular (e.g., intravenous), intramuscular, or intrathecal injection or infusion techniques and the like.
  • a pharmaceutical formulation comprising - a compound of general Formula A and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • One or more compounds of general Formula A may be present in association with one or more non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or diluents and/or adjuvants, and if desired other active ingredients.
  • compositions containing compounds of general Formula A may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsion, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
  • compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preservative agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations.
  • Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
  • excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
  • the tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques. In some cases such coatings may be prepared by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
  • a time delay material such as glyceryl monosterate or glyceryl distearate may be employed.
  • Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules, wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid- diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • an inert solid- diluent for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin
  • water or an oil medium for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • Formulations for oral use may also be presented as lozenges.
  • Aqueous suspensions contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
  • excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydropropyl-methylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example, lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monoole
  • the aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
  • preservatives for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate
  • coloring agents for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate
  • flavoring agents for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate
  • sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin.
  • Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredients in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.
  • the oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol.
  • Sweetening agents and flavoring agents may be added to provide palatable oral preparations. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
  • Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents or suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present.
  • compositions of the invention may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions.
  • the oily phase may be a vegetable oil or a mineral oil or mixtures of these.
  • Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring gums, for example gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol, anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
  • the emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents.
  • Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, glucose or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavoring and coloring agents.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents that have been mentioned above.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parentally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1, 3-butanediol.
  • the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may • be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono-or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
  • the compounds of general Formula A may also be administered in the form of suppositories, e.g., for rectal administration of the drug.
  • These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • Compounds of general Formula A may be administered parenterally in a sterile medium.
  • the drug depending on the vehicle and concentration used, can either be suspended or dissolved in the vehicle.
  • adjuvants such as local anesthetics, preservatives and buffering agents can be dissolved in the vehicle.
  • the formulations are preferably applied as a topical gel, spray, ointment or cream, or as a suppository, containing the active ingredients in a total amount of, for example, 0.075 to 30% w/w, preferably 0.2 to 20% w/w and most preferably 0.4 to 15% w/w.
  • the active ingredients may be employed with. either paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.
  • the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base.
  • the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol such as propylene glycol, butane-1, 3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol, polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
  • the topical formulation may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogs.
  • the compounds of this invention can also be administered by a transdermal device. Preferably topical administration will be accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir and porous membrane type or of a solid matrix variety.
  • the active agent is delivered continuously from the reservoir or microcapsules through a membrane into the active agent permeable adhesive, which is in contact with the skin or mucosa of the recipient. If the active agent is absorbed through the skin, a controlled and predetermined flow of the active agent is administered to the recipient.
  • the encapsulating agent may also function as the membrane.
  • the transdermal patch may include the compound in a suitable solvent system with an adhesive system, such as an acrylic emulsion, and a polyester patch.
  • the oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner.
  • the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier, it may comprise a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil.
  • a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.
  • the emulsifier (s) with or without stabilizer (s) make-up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
  • Emulsifiers and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the present invention include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, and sodium lauryl sulfate, among others.
  • the choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations is very low.
  • the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers.
  • Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters may be used. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active ingredients are dissolved or suspended in suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredients.
  • suitable carrier especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredients.
  • the antiinflammatory active ingredients are preferably present in such formulations in a concentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10% and particularly about 1.5% w/w.
  • the active compounds of this combination invention are ordinarily combined with one or more adjuvants appropriate to the indicated route of administration.
  • the compounds may be admixed with lactose, sucrose, starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulfuric acids, gelatin, acacia gum, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and then tableted or encapsulated for convenient administration.
  • Such capsules or tablets may contain a controlled-release formulation as may be provided in a dispersion of active compound in hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose.
  • Formulations for parenteral administration may be in the form of aqueous or non ⁇ aqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions or suspensions. These solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders or granules having one or more of the carriers or diluents mentioned for use in. the formulations for oral administration.
  • the compounds may be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethanol, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, and/or various buffers.
  • Other adjuvants and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art.
  • Dosage levels of the order of from about 0.1 mg to about 140 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of the above-indicated conditions (about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per patient per day) .
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. Dosage unit forms will generally contain between from about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient.
  • the daily dose can be administered in one to four doses per day. In the case of skin conditions, it may be preferable to apply a topical preparation of compounds of this invention to the affected area two to four times a day.
  • the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.
  • the composition may also be added to the animal feed or drinking water. It may be convenient to formulate the animal feed and drinking water compositions so that the animal takes in a therapeutically appropriate quantity of the composition along with its diet. It may also be convenient to present the composition as a premix for addition to the feed or drinking water.
  • Preferred non- human animals include domesticated animals.
  • the invention also provides methods and compositions for combination therapy of Type I and Type II diabetes.
  • the invention provides methods of using compounds of formula A in combination with one or more angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors for improving the cardiovascular risk profile in patients experiencing or subject to Syndrome X or type II diabetes (non-insulin- dependent diabetes mellitus) , preferably in human type II diabetics.
  • ACE angiotensin converting enzyme
  • these methods may also be characterized as the reduction of risk factors for heart disease, stroke or heart attack in a type II diabetic.
  • These methods include the reduction of hyperlipidemia in a patients experiencing or subject to Syndrome X or type II diabetes. These methods include methods lowering low density lipoprotein (LDL) blood levels and to increase high density lipoprotein (HDL) blood levels. The methods herein may further be characterized as useful for inhibiting, preventing or reducing atherosclerosis in a type II diabetics, or for reducing the risk factors thereof. These methods also include the lowering of free fatty acid blood levels and triglyceride levels in type II diabetics.
  • LDL low density lipoprotein
  • HDL high density lipoprotein
  • ACE inhibitors which may be utilized with the invention described herein are quinapril, ramipril, verapamil, captopril, diltiazem, clonidine, hydrochlorthiazide, benazepril, prazosin, fosinopril, lisinopril, atenolol, enalapril, perindropril, perindropril tert-butylamine, trandolapril and moexipril, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form of one or more of these compounds.
  • the invention also provides methods of using PTPase inhibitors of formula A for improving the cardiovascular or cerebrovascular risk profile in patients experiencing or subject to type II diabetes (non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus) , preferably in human type II diabetics or a patient experiencing or subject to Syndrome X. These methods may also be characterized as the reduction of risk factors for heart disease, stroke or heart attack in a type II diabetic or a patient experiencing or subject to Syndrome X.
  • the invention also provides methods of using a pharmacological combination of one or more PTPase inhibiting agents, one or more biguanide agents, and, optionally one or more sulfonlylurea agents for treatment of type II diabetes or Syndrome X in a patient in need of such treatment. Also provided are methods of using these agents to treat or inhibit metabolic disorders mediated by insulin resistance or hyperglycemia in a patient in need thereof. Further included in this invention is a method of modulating blood glucose levels in a patient in need thereof.
  • Each of these methods comprises administering to a patient in need thereof pharmaceutically effective amounts of: a) a PTPase inhibiting agent of formula I; and b) a biguanide agent; and c) optionally, a sulfonylurea agent.
  • Biguanide agents useful with this invention include metformin and its pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms.
  • Sulfonylurea agents useful for the methods and combinations of this invention may be selected from the group of glyburide, glyburide, glipizide, glimepiride, chlorpropamide, tolbutamide, or tolazamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form of these agents.
  • This invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions and methods of using PTPase inhibitors of formula A in combination with one or more alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, such as miglitol or acarbose, for improving the cardiovascular risk profile in patients experiencing or subject to Syndrome X or type II diabetes (non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus) , preferably in human type II diabetics.
  • alpha-glucosidase inhibitors such as miglitol or acarbose
  • these methods may also be characterized as the reduction of risk factors for heart disease, stroke or heart attack in a patient in such need.
  • LDL low density lipoprotein
  • HDL high density lipoprotein
  • alpha-glucosidase inhibitors which may be utilized with the invention described herein are miglitol or acarbose, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form of one or more of these compounds.
  • This invention further provides methods for using a PTPase inhibitor of the invention and a sulfonylurea agent for the management of Syndrome X or type 2 diabetes and for improving the cardiovascular risk profile in patients experiencing or subject to those maladies. These methods may also be characterized as the reduction of risk factors in such patients for heart disease, stroke or heart attack in a type II diabetic. Such methods include the reduction of hyperlipidemia in a patients experiencing or subject to Syndrome X or type II diabetes and include methods for lowering low density lipoprotein (LDL) blood levels, high density lipoprotein (HDL) blood levels, and overall blood lipoprotein levels.
  • LDL low density lipoprotein
  • HDL high density lipoprotein
  • the methods herein may further be characterized as inhibiting, preventing or reducing atherosclerosis in patients subject to or experiencing Syndrome X or type II diabetes, or the risk factors thereof. Such methods further include the lowering of free fatty acid blood levels and triglyceride levels in such patients.
  • Representative sulfonylurea agents include glipizide, glyburide (glibenclamide) , chlorpropamide, tolbutamide, tolazamide and glimepriride, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof.
  • the invention provides combinations of a PTPase inhibitor of the invention and at least one thiazolidinedione agents. Such combinations are useful for treatment, inhibition or maintenance of Syndrome X or type II diabetes in patients in need of such treatment. Accordingly, methods of using such combinations are provided by the invention.
  • the invention provides methods of using these agents to treat or inhibit metabolic disorders mediated by insulin resistance or hyperglycemia in patients in need thereof. Further included in this invention are methods of modulating blood glucose levels in a patient in need thereof.
  • Each of these methods comprises administering to a patient in need thereof pharmaceutically effective amounts of: a) a thiazolidinedione agent, such as selected from the group of pioglitizone and rosiglitazone, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form of these agents; and b) a compound of formula A.
  • a thiazolidinedione agent such as selected from the group of pioglitizone and rosiglitazone, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form of these agents
  • b) a compound of formula A a compound of formula A.
  • the invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions and methods of using PTPase inhibitors in combination with one or more antilipemic agents. Such methods and compositions are useful for improving the cardiovascular risk profile in patients experiencing or subject to type II diabetes (non- insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus) , preferably in type II diabetics or Syndrome X.
  • These methods also include reducing the risk factors for heart disease, stroke or heart attack in a type II diabetic or a patient experiencing or subject to Syndrome X. Such methods further include the reduction of hyperlipidemia in type II diabetics, including such methods in type II diabetics for lowering low density lipoprotein (LDL) blood levels and to increase high density lipoprotein (HDL) blood levels.
  • LDL low density lipoprotein
  • HDL high density lipoprotein
  • compositions and methods are also useful for inhibiting, preventing or reducing atherosclerosis in a type II diabetic or a patient experiencing or subject to Syndrome X, or the risk factors thereof. In this aspect, the compositions and methods are useful for lowering of free fatty acid blood levels and triglyceride levels in type II diabetics, or patients experiencing or subject to Syndrome X.
  • Representative antilipemic or agents, also known as antihyperlipidemic agents, suitable for use in the invention are bile acid sequestrants, fibric acid derivatives, HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors and nicotinic acid compounds.
  • Bile acid sequestrant agents useful with this invention include colestipol and colesevelam, and their pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms.
  • Fibric acid derivatives which may be used with the present invention include clifofibrate, gemfibrozil and fenofibrate.
  • HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors also known as statins
  • statins useful with this invention include cerivastatin, fluvastatin, atorvastatin, lovastatin, pravastatin and simvastatin, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof.
  • Niacin is an example of a nicotinic acid compound which may be used with the methods of this invention.
  • lipase inhibiting agents such as orlistat.
  • compositions that are a combination of a compound of Formula A and an aldose reductase inhibitor (ARI) .
  • ARI aldose reductase inhibitor
  • Such combinations are useful in methods for treating, inhibiting or preventing type II diabetes, or its related and associated symptoms, disorders and maladies. These methods comprise administering to a patient in need of such therapy a pharmaceutically effective amount of a composition comprising a combination of pharmaceutically effective amounts of a compound of formula A and an ARI.
  • These compositions and methods are useful for the treatment, prevention or inhibition of diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, retinopathy, keratopathy, diabetic uveitis, cataracts.
  • ARIs are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,420,426 and 6,214,991.
  • Combinations of the compounds of Formula A and an ARI are also useful for inhibition or reduction of risk factors for heart disease, stroke or heart attack in a type II diabetic. Therefore, in this aspect the invention is useful for reducing hyperlipidemia and/or low density lipoprotein (LDL) blood levels in type II diabetics. Also included in this aspect are methods for inhibiting, preventing or ⁇ reducing atherosclerosis or the risk factors thereof in type II diabetics. This aspect includes lowering of free fatty acid blood levels and triglyceride levels. This invention also provides methods of using a compound of formula A and insulin (s) for the management of type I or type II diabetes.
  • LDL low density lipoprotein
  • the invention provides for combination therapy, i.e., where a compound of Formula A is administered in combination with insulin.
  • combination therapy encompasses simultaneous or sequential administration of the compound of Formula A and insulin.
  • the insulins useful in this aspect include both naturally occurring and synthetic insulins.
  • Insulins useful with the methods and combinations of this invention include rapid acting insulins, intermediate acting insulins, long acting insulins and combinations of intermediate and rapid acting insulins.
  • Rapid acting commercially available insulin products include HUMALOG ® Brand Lispro Injection (rDNA origin); HUMULIN ® Regular Human Injection, USP [rDNA origin]; HUMULIN ® Regular U- 500 Concentrated Human Injection,. USP [rDNA origin]; REGULAR ILETIN ® II (insulin injection, USP, purified pork) available from Eli Lilly and Co.; and the NOVALIN ® Human Insulin Injection and VENOSULIN ® BR Buffered Regular Human Injection, each available from Novo Nordisk Pharmaceuticals.
  • intermediate acting insulins useful with this invention include, but are not limited to, the HUMULIN ® L brand LENTE ® human insulin [rDNA origin] zinc suspension, HUMULIN ® N NPH human insulin [rDNA origin] isophane suspension, LENTE ® ILETIN.RTM.
  • Also useful with the methods and formulations of this invention are intermediate and rapid acting insulin combinations, such as the HUMALOG ® Mix 75/25 (75% Insulin Lispro Protamine Suspension and 25% Insulin Lispro Injection), HUMULIN ® 50/50 (50% Human Insulin Isophane Suspension and 50% Human Insulin Injection) and HUMULIN ® 70/30 (70% Human Insulin Isophane Suspension and 30% Human Insulin Injection), each available from Eli Lilly and Company. Also useful are the NOVALIN ® 70/30 (70% NPH, Human Insulin Isophane Suspension and 30% Regular, Human Insulin Injection) line of combination products available from Novo Nordisk Pharmaceuticals.
  • a commercially available long acting insulin for use with this invention is the HUMULIN ® U Ultralente ® human insulin [rDNA origin] extended zinc suspension, available from Eli Lilly and Company.
  • inhaled insulin products such as the EXUBERA ® inhaled insulin product developed by Pfizer Inc. and Aventis SA.
  • Each of these insulin products can be administered as directed by a medical professional using administrations, dosages and regimens known in the art, such as those published for each product in the Physicians' Desk Reference, 55 Edition, 2001, published by Medical Economics Company, Inc. at Montvale, N.J., the relevant sections of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the invention includes, for example, methods for improving the cardiovascular and cerebrovascular risk profiles in patients experiencing or subject to type I or type II diabetes (non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus) , preferably in human type II diabetics.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by use of known chemical reactions and procedures. Representative methods for synthesizing compounds of the invention are presented below. It is understood that the nature of the substituents required for the desired target compound often determines the preferred method of synthesis. All variable groups of these methods are as described in the generic description if they are not specifically defined below.
  • scheme 1 A method for preparing compounds of the invention is illustrated in scheme 1. Certain compounds of the invention are prepared from a substituted 4-bromobenzenesulfonylchloride or 4-bromobenzeneacid chloride as illustrated in scheme 1.
  • a base such as pyridine or triethylamine
  • a base such as pyridine or triethylamine
  • Activation of the aryl bromide by treatment with bis (pinacolato) diboron and a palladium catalyst give the boronic ester, which is subsequently coupled to a variety of aryl or heteroaryl bromides or iodides using a palladium catalyst.
  • the desired aryl or heteroaryl bromide may need to be prepared separately. In general the preparation of these intermediates can be accomplished using methods known in the art.
  • the sulfonamide or amine nitrogen can be alkylated with the desired side chain alkyl halide. This is usually done with a base, such as cesium carbonate, or sodium hydride. Finally, the ester intermediate is hydrolyzed to give the target compound.
  • a base such as cesium carbonate, or sodium hydride.
  • Step 1 (4-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-phenyl) -trimethyl-silane
  • Methanesulfonyl chloride (194 mg, 131 ⁇ L, 1.7 mmol) was added dropwise to a cooled (O 0 C) solution of alcohol (prepared in example 5) (620 mg, 1.54 mmol) and triethylamine (311 mg, 0.43 mL, 3.08 mmol) in anhydrous methylene chloride (10 mL) .
  • the clear reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0 C for 2-4 hrs (TLC control) , then poured into water (50 mL) , and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 30 mL) .
  • the combined extract was washed with 0.5 N hydrochloric acid (2 x 10 mL) , water and finally brine.
  • the ethereal solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude mesylate was used in the subsequent alkylation step without further purification.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and diethyl ether. The phases were separated, the aqueous phase being further extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 20 mL) . The combined extract was washed with water and brine. The ethereal solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield 4- (4-bromophenyl) -dibenzofuran as a yellow solid, which was used immediately without further purification.
  • Methanesulfonyl chloride (490 mg, 330 ⁇ L, 4.3 mmol) was added dropwise to a cooled (0 0 C) solution of alcohol (prepared in example 8) (1.38 g, 3.9 mmol) and triethylamine (800 mg, 1.1 mL, 7.9 mmol) in anhydrous methylene chloride (50 mL) .
  • the clear reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0 C for 2-4 hrs (TLC control) , then poured into water (50 mL) , and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 30 mL) .
  • the combined extract was washed with 0.5 N hydrochloric acid (2 x 10 mL) , water and finally brine.
  • the ethereal solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude mesylate was used in the subsequent alkylation step without further purification.
  • Example 14 4' -Bromo-biphenyl-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester.
  • To the solution was added 3OmL of 4.0M aq. Na 2 CC> 3 .
  • the reaction mixture refluxed for 4h at 80 °C.
  • the mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with 30OmL ethyl acetate.
  • Step 1 (4-Dibenzofuran-4-yl ⁇ phenyl) -trimethyl-silane
  • Step 1 Preparation of Tert-Butyl- [ (4- bromobenzenesulfonyl) - (3-trifluoromethylbenzyl) amino]acetate.
  • Step 2 Preparation of Tert-Butyl- ⁇ [4' - (2- benzylbenzofuran-3-yl)biphenyl-4-sulfonyl] - (3-trifluoromethyl- benzyl) amino ⁇ acetate.
  • Step 3 [ [4 ' - (2-Benzyl-benzofuran-3-yl)biphenyl-4- sulfonyl] - (3-trifluoromethylbenzyl) -amino] acetic acid.
  • Step 1 (4-Bromo-phenyl) - (2-butyl-benzo ' furan-3-yl) -methanone
  • Step 4 2-Butyl-3-[3 '-nitro-4 '- (3-phenyl-propoxy) -biphenyl-4- ylmethyl]-benzofuran
  • Step 5 4 '- (2-Butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) -4- (3-phenyl- propoxy) -biphenyl-3-ylamine
  • Step 6 N-[4 '- (2-Butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) -4- (3-phenyl- propoxy) -biphenyl-3-yl]-oxalamic acid ethyl ester
  • Step 7 N-[4 '- (2-Butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) -4- (3-phenyl- propoxy) -biphenyl-3-yl]-oxalamic acid
  • Example 20 Preparation of 4- [4' - (2-benzylbenzofuran-3- yl)biphen-4-yl] -4-oxobutyric acid Step 1. 5-[2-(4-Bromophenyl)-2 ⁇ oxoethyl]-2,2-dimethyl- [1,3]dioxane-4 r 6-dione
  • reaction mixture was poured into water (50 mL) , acidified to pH 2-3 with 0.5N hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL) .
  • the combined extract was washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSC> 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Trituration and filtration from MeOH afforded the title compound as a white solid (6.56 g) .
  • Example 25 N- [3-Benzyloxy-4 ' - (2-butyl ⁇ benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) - biphenyl-4-yl] -oxalamic acid.
  • Example 36 [ [4 ' - (2-Benzyl-benzofuran ⁇ 3-yl) -biphenyl-4- sulfonyl] - (3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl) -amino] -acetic acid Isolated as an off-white solid. R f 0.43 (10% Methanol-90% Methylene Chloride); 1 H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) 7.94-7.90 (m, 6H), 7.71- 7.57 (m, 8H), 7.35-7.26 (m, 7H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 3.88 (s, 2H) .
  • Example 38 2- [ [4 ' - (2-Benzyl-benzofuran ⁇ 3-yl) -biphenyl-4- sulfonyl] - (3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl) -amino] -butyric acid Isolated as a white foam.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The phases were separated, the aqueous phase being further extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL) . The combined extract was washed with 0.5 N hydrochloric acid, water and brine and then dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by flash column chromatography, using 10-20% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent, afforded the title compound; methyl-3-dibenzofuran-4- ylbiphen-3-yl-carboxylate has a white solid (1.10 g, 94%) .
  • Lithium aluminium hydride (3.5 mL, 1.0 M solution in THF, 3.5 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of ester (prepared in the previous step) (900 mg, 2.38 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15mL) at room temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature (TLC control) , and then cooled to 0 0 C, and quenched with water (0.15 mL) , 2N sodium hydroxide (0.15 mL) and water (0.45 mL) .
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether (30 mL) and then filtered through celite.
  • Step 4 4- (3' -Bromomethyl-biphen-3-yl) -dibenzofuran
  • Dibromotriphenylphosphorane (630 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of alcohol; (3' -dibenzofuran-4-ylbiphen-3- yl)methanol (260 mg, 0.75 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) .
  • the reaction mixture was stirred for 60 minutes at room temperature (TLC control) , and then diluted with diethyl ether (30 mL) and washed with water (2x) and brine.
  • the ethereal solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step 5 Methyl-2- (3' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-3 ⁇ ylmethylsulfanyl) -propionate.
  • Step 6 2- (3' -Dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-3-ylmethylsulfanyl) - propionic acid.
  • test compounds are evaluated for their in vitro inhibitory activity against recombinant human PTPlB with phosphotyrosyl dodecapeptide TRDI(P)YETD(P)Y(P)YRK.
  • TRDI(P)YETD(P)Y(P)YRK phosphotyrosyl dodecapeptide
  • This corresponds to the 1142-1153 insulin receptor kinase regulatory domain, phosphorylated on the 1146, 1150 and 1151 tyrosine residues; IR-triphosphopeptide as a source of substrate.
  • Enzyme reaction progression is monitored via the release of inorganic phosphate as detected by the malachite green - ammonium molybdate method for the phosphopeptide.
  • Preferred compounds of the invention exhibit IC 50 values of less than 10 ⁇ M; more preferred compounds of the invention exhibit IC 50 values of less than 1 ⁇ M. Particularly preferred compounds exhibit IC 50 values of less than 300 nM.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Quinoline Compounds (AREA)
  • Furan Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of formula (A): which are useful in the treatment of metabolic disorders related to insulin resistance, leptin resistance, or hyperglycemia. Compounds of the invention include inhibitors of Protein tyrosine phosphatases, in particular Protein tyrosine phosphatase-1B (PTP-1B), that are useful in the treatment of diabetes and other PTP mediated diseases, such as cancer, neurodegenerative diseases and the like. Also disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds of the invention and methods of treating the aforementioned conditions using such compounds.

Description

Phenyl Substituted Carboxylic Acids
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
This application claims priority from U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/628930, which was filed November 18, 2004, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Field of the Invention
The invention relates to phenyl substituted carboxylic acids and more specifically to such compounds that are useful in the treatment of syndrome X (consisting of such abnormalities as obesity, dyslipidemia, hypercoagulation, hypertension, insulin resistance and leading to heart disease and diabetes) , obesity, diabetes, immunological disease, bleeding disorders and/or cancer. More specifically, it relates to such compounds that are capable of inhibiting Protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTPs) , in particular Protein tyrosine phosphatase-lB (PTP-IB) which is a negative regulator of the insulin and leptin -si-gnaling pathway-and- improves insulin- sensitivity. Description of the Related Art
This invention relates to a class of heterocycle substituted carboxylic acids that are inhibitors of various PTPs, in particular PTP-IB.
Protein tyrosine phosphatases are a large family of transmembrane or intracellular enzymes that dephosphorylate substrates involved in a variety of regulatory processes (Fischer et al., 1991, Science 253:401-406) . Protein tyrosine phosphatase-lB (PTP-IB) is an approximately 50 kd intracellular protein, which is present in abundant amounts in various human tissues (Charbonneau et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:5252-5256; Goldstein, 1993, Receptor 3:1-15) .
Determining which proteins are substrates of PTP-IB has been of considerable interest. One substrate which has aroused especial interest is the insulin receptor. The binding of insulin to its receptor results in autophosphorylation of the domain. This causes activation of the insulin receptor tyrosine kinase, which phosphorylates the various insulin receptor substrate (IRS) proteins that propagate the insulin signaling event further downstream to mediate insulin's various biological effects.
Seely et al., 1996, Diabetes 45:1379-1385 ("Seely") studied the relationship of PTP-IB and the insulin receptor in vitro. Seely constructed a glutathione S-transferase (GST) fusion protein of PTP-IB that had a point mutation in the PTP- IB catalytic domain. Although catalytically inactive, this fusion protein was able to bind to the insulin receptor, as demonstrated by its ability to precipitate the insulin receptor from purified receptor preparations and from whole cell lysates derived from cells expressing the insulin receptor.
Ahmad et al. , 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270:20503-20508 used osmotic -loading to introduce- PTP-IB neutralizing antibodies into rat KRC-7 hepatoma cells. The presence of the antibody in the cells resulted in an increase of 42% and 38%, respectively, in insulin stimulated DNA synthesis and phosphatidyinositol 3' kinase activity. Insulin receptor autophosphorylation and insulin receptor substrate-1 tyrosine phosphorylation were increased 2.2 and 2.0-fold, respectively, in the antibody- loaded cells. The antibody-loaded cells also showed a 57% increase in insulin stimulated insulin receptor kinase activity toward exogenous peptide substrates.
Kennedy et al. , 1999, Science 283: 1544-1548 showed that protein tyrosine phosphatase PTP-IB is a negative regulator of the insulin signaling pathway, indicating that inhibitors of this enzyme are beneficial in the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, which appears to involve a defect in an early process in insulin signal transduction rather than a structural defect in the insulin receptor itself. (J. M. Olefsky, W. T. Garvey, R. R. Henry, D. Brillon, S. Matthai and G. R. Freidenberg, G. R. (1988) .) Cellular mechanisms of insulin resistance in non- insulin-dependent (Type II) diabetes. (Am. J. Med. 85: Suppl. 5A, 86-105.) A drug that improved insulin sensitivity would have several advantages over traditional therapy of NIDDM using sulfonylureas, which do not alleviate insulin resistance but instead compensate by increasing insulin secretion.
Ragab et al (2003, J. Biol. Chem 278(42), 40923-32) showed that PTP IB is involved in regulating platelet aggregation.
Hence, inhibition of PTP IB can be predicted to have an effect on bleeding disorder, and cardiovascular disease.
Romsicki et al., (2003, Arch Biochem. Biophys 414(1), 40- 50) showed that TC PTP is structurally and functionally very similar. A PTP IB inhibitor is very likely to also inhibit TC PTP. A knockout of the TC PTP gene produces a phenotype with impaired immune function. (You-Ten et al. , 1997, J. Exp. Med. - 186(5-) , 683-93-)". - Hence, -inhibitors of PTP IB can be predict to- inhibit TC PTP and modulate immune response. It has also been demonstrated that PT-PlB is a negative regulator of leptin signaling (Kaszua et al. MolCell. Endocrinology, 195:109-118, 2002) . PTP-IB deficient mice show enhanced potency for exogenous leptin to suppress food intake (Cheng, et al. Developmental Cell 2:497-503, 2002) . Thus, inhibitors of PTP-IB augment the beneficial effects of leptin on food intake, body weight regulation and metabolism, in normal individuals and leptin resistant individuals.
Therefore, inhibitors of PTPs, and inhibitors of PTP-IB in particular, are useful in controlling or treating obesity, syndrome X, Type 2 diabetes, in improving glucose tolerance, and in improving insulin sensitivity in patients in need thereof. Such compounds are also useful in treating or controlling other PTP mediated diseases, such as the treatment of cancer, neurodegenerative diseases, immunological disorders, bleeding and cardiovascular disorders, and the like.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In a broad aspect, the invention encompasses the compounds of formula (A) shown below, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and methods employing such compounds or compositions in the treatment of diabetes and/or cancer. The invention provides compounds of formula A:
Figure imgf000006_0001
(A) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
Ri is H, Cx-C6 alkyl, phenyl (Ci-C5) alkyl, or C2-C6 alkenyl; L2 is a bond or -C(O)NRi0-, -N(Ri0)C(O)-, - (C1-C4) alkyl-
N(R10)C(O)-, -C (O)N (Ri0) -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N(Ri0)C(O) -(C1- C4) alkyl-, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-C (0)N (R10) -, -0- (Ci-C6) alkyl-, -CO- , -SO2-, or -(Ci-C6) alkyl-O-;
L3 is absent, a bond, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-O-, -0- (Ci-C4) alkyl, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, -phenyl-; L5 is a bond, -0- (Ci-C6) alkyl-, - (Ci-C6) alkyl-O-, -C(O)N(Rg)-(C1-
C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)C(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl- C(O)N(Rg)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) C (0) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(Cx-C6) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(Ci-C6) alkyl- wherein -(Ci-C6) alkyl- is optionally substituted with phenyl, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) -(Cx-C4) alkyl-, -SO2N(R9)-, -SO2N(R9)- (C1-C4) alkyl-, -N (R9) SO2- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)SO2-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, -N(R9)C(O)-, -C(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -S-(C1-C4) alkyl-, - (Ci-C6) alkyl-S-, -or -(C1-C4) alkyl-S- (C1-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more Rn groups, Rg and R10 are independently H, Cx-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, -S02-aryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, N(Cx- C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy;
Rn at each occurrence is independently NX2RX3, -
N(Ri2)C(O)Ri3, N(R12)CO2Ri3, or -C(O)NR12Ri3, wherein Ri2 and Ri3 are independently H or Ci-C6 alkyl, R20f R-2if R22, and R23 are independently selected from H, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, halogen, alkyl, OH, alkoxy, NO2,
NH2, CN, NH (C1-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Cx-C6) alkyl, NH-aryl, NHC(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-aryl, N(Cx-C4 alkyl) C (0) - (Ci-C4) alkyl- aryl, N (Ci-C4) alkyl-aryl, -NHS02-aryl, -N(Cx- C4alkyl) S02aryl, wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy; the A ring is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, each of which- is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, Cx-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (C1-C6) alkyl, or N (Cx-C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl; Q is H, aryl, -aryl-carbonyl-aryl, -aryl-0-aryl, -aryl-alkyl- aryl, -aryl-heteroaryl, -aryl-heterocycloalkyl, -heteroaryl, -heteroaryl-alkyl-aryl, or -heterocycloalkyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, phenyl, phenyl- (Cx- C6) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently H, Cx-C6 alkyl, aryl (Cx-C6) alkyl, C2- C6 alkanoyl, aryl C2-C6 alkanoyl, Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C (0)NH (C1-C6) alkyl, -
C(O)N(C1-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, or -S02-aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or
4 groups that are independently halogen, Ci-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, NO2, OH, NH2, NH (C1-C6) alkyl, N (C1-C6) alkyl (Cx-
C6) alkyl, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; and Z is absent, H, -NHC(0)aryl, -N(C1-C4 alkyl) C (0) aryl, or aryl
(phenyl) , wherein the aryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, or NO2, or Z is -NHC (O)- (C1-C4) alkyl- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -N (C1-C4) alkylC (0) -
(C1-C4) alkyl- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl.
The compounds of formula A bind to PTPs, and in particular to PTP-IB. The interaction with the enzyme, specifically PTP- IB, preferably results in inhibition of the enzyme.
The invention also includes intermediates that are useful in making the compounds of the invention.
The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound or salt of formula A and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, solvent, adjuvant or diluent. The invention further provides methods of treating disease such as diabetes, syndrome X, cancer, immunological disease, bleeding disorders, or cardiovascular disease in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the patient a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of formula A, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or salt of formula A.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method for inhibiting protein tyrosine phosphatases, preferably PTP-IB, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula A.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method for treating metabolic disorders related to insulin resistance or hyperglycemia, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula A.
The invention also provides the use of a compound or salt according to formula A for the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating diabetes or cancer or other diseases related to PTP.
The invention also provides methods of preparing the compounds of the invention and the intermediates used in those methods. The invention also provides methods and compositions for combination therapy of Type I and Type II diabetes. In these embodiments, the invention provides formulations and pharmaceutical compositions, as well as methods for treating Type I and Type II diabetes with the compounds of formula A plus additional compounds and medicaments as disclosed in more detail below. In these embodiments, the methods of the invention can comprise treatment methods for Type I and Type II diabetes where the compounds of formula A are formulated with a therapeutically-effective amount of said additional compounds and medicaments. In alternative embodiments, treatment methods of the invention for Type I and Type II diabetes comprise administration of the inventive compounds of formula A as disclosed herein concomitantly, simultaneously or together with a therapeutically-effective amount of said additional compounds and medicaments. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
A preferred class of compounds of formula A are compounds of formula I:
Figure imgf000010_0001
(D
Preferred compounds of formula I are compounds of formula I-a, wherein, Q is H, phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, -phenyl-carbonyl-phenyl, - phenyl- (C1-C4) alkyl-phenyl, -phenyl-pyridyl, -phenyl- pyrimidyl, -phenyl-benzofuranyl, -phenyl-indolyl, -phenyl- piperidinyl, -phenyl-pyrrolidinyl, -phenyl-piperazinyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, dibenzofuranyl, - benzothienyl- (Ci-C4) alkyl-phenyl, -indolyl- (C1-C4) alkyl- phenyl, benzofuranyl- (Ci-C4) alkyl-phenyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1,2, 3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, or imidazo[2, 1-b]thiazol-3-one, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkyl, Cx-Cg alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NRgR7, phenyl, or phenyl- (Ci-C5) alkyl-; wherein R6 and R7 are independently H, Ci-C6 alkyl, phenyl (Ci-C6) alkyl,
C2~C6 alkanoyl, phenyl (C2~C6) alkanoyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl (Ci-C6) alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, - C (O)NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, -C (0)N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, or -SO2- aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, Ci-C4 alkyl, Cx-C4 alkoxy, NO2, OH, NH2, NH (C1-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; and Z is absent, H, or phenyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, C1-C4 haloalkyl, Ci-C4 haloalkoxy, or NO2. Preferred compounds of formula I are those wherein L2 and
L3 are in a 1 to 3 positional relationship on the A ring.
Preferred are also compounds wherein L2 and L5 are para to each other on the bridging phenylene.
Further preferred are compounds wherein L2 and L5 are meta to each other on the bridging phenylene.
A preferred class of compounds of formula I-a are compounds of formula I-b, wherein, the A ring is phenyl, pyrido [1,2-a] indolyl, furanyl, thienyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, indolyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, Cx-C4 haloalkyl, Ci-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Cx-C6) alkyl (Cx- C6) alkyl; and R2o, R2If R∑2f and R23 are independently selected from H, phenyl (Ci-C6) alkoxy, phenyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, halogen, (Cx- C6) alkyl, OH, alkoxy, CN, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, N(Cx- C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, NH-phenyl, NHC(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl- phenyl, N(Cx-C4 alkyl) C (0) - (Cx-C4) alkyl- phenyl, N(Cx- C4) alkyl-phenyl, -NHSO2-phenyl, -N (Cx-C4aϊkyl) SO2phenyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Cx-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, Cx-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy.
A preferred class of compounds of formula I-b are compounds of formula I-c, wherein,
Rx is H, Cx-C6 alkyl, benzyl, or allyl; L2 is a bond or -C(O)NRi0-, -N(R10)C(O)-, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-
N(R10)C(O)-, -C (O)N (R10) -(C1-C4) alkyl-, -N(R10)C(O)-(C1- C4) alkyl-, - (C1-C4) alkyl-C (0)N (R10) -, -0- (C1-C6) alkyl-, or - (C1-C6) alkyl-O-; L3 is absent, a bond, - (C1-C4) alkyl-O-, -0- (C1-C4) alkyl, -(C1-C4) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, or -phenyl-;
L5 is a bond, -0- (C1-C6) alkyl-, - (C1-C6) alkyl-O-, -C (0) N (R9) - (C1- C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)C(O)-(C1-C4) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(C1-C6) alkyl- , -N(Rg)-(C1-C6) alkyl- wherein -(C1-C6) alkyl- is optionally substituted with phenyl, -(C1-C4) alkyl-N(Rg), - (C1-C4) alkyl-N (R9) -(C1-C4) alkyl-, -SO2N(R9)-, -SO2N(R9)- (C1-C4) alkyl-, -N (R9) SO2- (C1-C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)SO2-, -(C1-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, -N(Rg)-(C1-C6) alkyl- wherein - (Ci-Cβ) alkyl- is optionally substituted with phenyl, -N(R9)C(O)-, -C(O)-(C1-C4) alkyl-, -S-(C1-C4) alkyl-, or - (Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (C1-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more R11 groups, -
R9 and Ri0 are independently is H, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, -S02phenyl, -C1-C6 alkyl-furanyl, -C1-
C6 alkyl-tetrazolyl, -C1-C6- alkyl thienyl, -Ci-C6- alkyl pyrrolyl, -C1-C6- alkyl pyridyl, benzyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH (C1-C6) alkyl, N(C1- C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl, C2-C4 haloalkyl, or Cx-C4 haloalkoxy
Rn at each occurrence is independently -N12Ri3, - N(R12)C(O)R13, N(R12)CO2Ri3, or -C(O)NRi2Ri3, wherein R12 and R13 are independently H or C1-C6 alkyl. A preferred class of compounds of formula I-c are compounds of formula I-d, wherein,
L2 is a bond or -C(O)NRi0-, -N(Ri0)C(O)-, - (Ci-C4) alkyl- C(O)N(Ri0)-, -0- (Ci-C6) alkyl-, or - (Ci-C6) alkyl-0-; the A ring is phenyl, pyrido[1, 2-a] indolyl, furanyl, thienyl, indolyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C2 haloalkyl, Ci-C2 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl;
Z is phenyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Ci-C4 haloalkoxy, or NO2.
A preferred class of compounds of formulas I-c or I-d are compounds of formula I-e, wherein,
R22 and R23 are both H;
L5 is a bond, -SO2N(R9)-, -SO2N(Rg)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N (R9) SO2- (QL- C4) alkyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, or -N(R9)SO2-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more Rn groups; and Q is phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, dibenzofuranyl, -benzothienyl- (Ci-C4) alkyl- phenyl, -indolyl- (Ci-C4) alkyl-phenyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1,2, 3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, or benzofuranyl- (Ci-C4) alkyl-phenyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, phenyl, or phenyl- (Ci- C6) alkyl-. A preferred class of compounds of formula I-e are compounds of formula I-f, wherein, R9 is H, Ci-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, -S02phenyl, -Ci-C6 alkyl-furanyl, -Cx-C6 alkyl-tetrazolyl, -Ci-C6- alkyl thienyl, -Cx-C6- alkyl pyrrolyl, -Ci-C6- alkyl pyridyl, benzyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, Ci-C2 haloalkyl (preferably CF3) , or C1-C4 haloalkoxy
(preferably OCF3) ; and
L3 is a bond, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-O-, -0- (Ci-C4) alkyl, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, or -phenyl-.
A preferred class of compounds of formula I-f are compounds of formula I-g, wherein, L2 is a bond or -C(O)NRi0-, -N(Ri0)C(O)-, -0- (Ci-C6) alkyl-, or
-(Ci-C6) alkyl-O-;- - - - the A ring is phenyl, furanyl, indolyl, thiazolyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C2 haloalkyl, Cx-C2 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl;
Q is phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1,2, 3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, or benzofuranyl-CH2-phenyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, CF3, OCF3, NR6R7, phenyl, or phenyl- (Ci-C6) alkyl-; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently H, Ci-C6 alkyl, benzyl, C2-C6 alkanoyl, phenyl (Ci-C6) alkanoyl, Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, or -S02-phenyl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, Ci-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, NO2, OH, NH2, NH(C1-C6) alkyl, N(Ci- C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, CF3, or OCF3; and Z is phenyl, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, CF3,
OCF3, or NO2.
A preferred class of compounds of formula I-e are compounds of formula I-h, wherein,
L3 is a bond, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-0-, -0- (Ci-C4) alkyl, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-; L5 is -SO2N(R9)-, -SO2N(Rg)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)SO2-(Ci-
C4) alkyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N(R9) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl, -(Cx-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, or -N(Rg)SO2-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more Rn groups; Ri is H or Ci-C6 alkyl; R2i is H; and
R22 is H, phenyl (Ci-C6) alkoxy, benzyl, halogen, (Ci-C6) alkyl, OH, Ci-C6 alkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (C1- C6) alkyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, CF3 or OCF3.
A preferred class of compounds of formula I-h are compounds of formula I-i, wherein, the A ring is phenyl, indolyl, or thiazolyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, or 2 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, CF3, OCF3, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Cx- C6) alkyl; Q is phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, 1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, or benzofuranyl-CH2-phenyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3groups that are independently Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, CF3, OCF3, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N(Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl.
Preferred compounds of formula I also include compounds wherein L5 is -(C1-C4) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula I also include compounds wherein L5 is -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Ru groups.
Preferred compounds of formula I also include compounds wherein L5 is -(C1-C4) alkyl-N (R9) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula I also include compounds wherein L5 is -(C1-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Ru groups.
A preferred class of compounds of formula I-c are compounds of formula II,
Figure imgf000016_0001
(II) wherein n is 0 , 1 , 2 , 3 , or 4 ; and each Rio is independently, halogen, Cx-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy,
Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Cx-C6) alkyl Ri is H, Ci-C6 alkyl, or benzyl;
Q is H, phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, -phenyl- (C1-C4) alkyl-phenyl, -phenyl-pyridyl, -phenyl-pyrimidyl, -phenyl-benzofuranyl, -phenyl-indolyl, -phenyl-piperidinyl, -phenyl- pyrrolidinyl, -phenyl-piperazinyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, dibenzofuranyl, -benzothienyl- (Cx- C4) alkyl-phenyl, -indolyl- (C1-C4) alkyl-phenyl, benzofuranyl- (Ci-C4) alkyl-phenyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, or imidazo [2, 1-b] thiazol-3-one, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Cx-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, phenyl, or phenyl- (Cx-C6) alkyl-; L2 is a bond or -C(O)NRi0-, -N(Ri0)C(O)-, - (C1-C4) alkyl-
N(R10)C(O)-, -C(O)N (Rio) -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N(R10)C(O)-(Cx- C4) alkyl-, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-C (O)N (Ri0) -, -0- (Ci-C6) alkyl-, or - (Ci-C6) alkyl-0-;
Rg and Ri0 are independently is H, Ci-C6 alkyl, -SO2phenyl, ' -CH2-furanyl, -CH2-tetrazolyl, benzyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Cx-C4 alkyl, Cx-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH(C1-C6) alkyl, N(Cx-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, or Cx-C4 haloalkoxy.
Preferably, Q-L3- is in a meta position on the phenylene ring. Preferred compounds of formula II include compounds of formula II-a, wherein L3 is a bond, - (C1-C4) alkyl-0-, -0- (C1-C4) alkyl, or -(C1-
C4)alkyl-; and R20 and R21 are independently selected from H, phenyl (C1-
C6) alkoxy, phenyl (C1-Ce) alkyl, halogen, (C1-C6) alkyl, OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (C1-C6) alkyl, N (C1-C6) alkyl (C1- C6) alkyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, C1-C2 haloalkyl, or C1-C2 haloalkoxy.
Preferred compounds of formula II-a include compounds of formula II-b, wherein R1 is H, or C1-C5 alkyl,
Q is H, phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, dibenzofuranyl, -benzothienyl- (C1-C4) alkyl- phenyl, -indolyl- (C1-Cj) alkyl-phenyl, benzofuranyl- (C1-C4) alkyl-phenyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 1,2, 3, 4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, or imidazo[2,l- b]thiazol-3-one, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, phenyl, or phenyl- (C1-C6) alkyl-.
Preferred compounds of formula II also include compounds wherein L5 is -(C1-C4) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R11 groups. Preferred compounds of formula II also include compounds wherein L5 is -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula II also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula II also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred class of compounds of formula II-b include compounds of formula III,
Figure imgf000019_0001
(III)
wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each Rio is independently, halogen, Cx-C5 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy,
Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl.
Preferred compounds of formula III include compounds of formula III-a, wherein L3 is a bond or -Cx-C4 alkyl-; and
L5 is a bond, -0- (Ci-C6) alkyl-, - (Cx-C6) alkyl-O-, -C(O)N(Rg)-(C1- C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)C(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(Cx-C6) alkyl- , -(C1-C4) alkyl-N (R9), -(C1-C4) alkyl-N (R9) - (Cx-C4) alkyl-, -SO2N(R9)-, -SO2N(Rg)-(Cx-C4) alkyl-, -N (R9) SO2- (C1-C4) alkyl- , -N(R9)SO2-, -(C1-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl, -N(R9)C(O)- , -C(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -S-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, or -(C1-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula III-a include compounds of formula III-b, wherein
L5 is a bond, -0- (C1-C6) alkyl-, - (C1-C6) alkyl-0-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-
N(Rg)-(Cx-C4) alkyl-, -(C1-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl, - C(O)-(C1-C4) alkyl-, -S-(C1-C4) alkyl-, or -(C1-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula III-b include compounds of formula III-c, wherein
Ri and R2x are both H; and
R22 is H, phenyl (Ci-C6) alkoxy, benzyl, halogen, (C1-C6) alkyl, OH, Ci-C6 alkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Cx- C6) alkyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, C1-C2 haloalkyl, or Ci-C2 haloalkoxy.
Preferred compounds of formula III-c include compounds of formula III-d, wherein
L5 is -0-(C1-C6) alkyl-, - (Cx-C6) alkyl-O-, -(C1-C4) alkyl-N (R9)- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl, or -(Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula III-c include compounds of formula III-e, wherein L5 is - (Ci-C4) alkyl- or -C(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-. In another aspect, L5 is -CH2-.
Preferred compounds of formula III-c include compounds of formula III-f, wherein
L5 is -S- (C1-C4) alkyl- or - (C1-C4) alkyl-S- (C1-C4) alkyl-. In another aspect, L5 is -S- (C1-C2) alkyl-.
Preferred compounds of formula III-a include compounds of formula III-g, wherein
L5 is -C(O)N(Rg)-(C1-C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)C(O)-(C1-C4) alkyl-, -
N (R9) -(Ci-C6) alkyl-, -(C1-C4) alkyl-N (R9) , -(C1-C4) alkyl- N(Rg)-(C1-C4) alkyl-, -SO2N(R9)-, -SO2N(Rg)-(C1-C4) alkyl-, -N (R9) SO2-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)SO2-, -N(R9)C(O)-, -(C1-C4) alkyl-, or -(C2-Cg) alkenyl, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more R11 groups,
R9 is H, C1-Cg- alkyl, -SO2phenyi, -C1-C6 alkyl-furanyl, -C1-
C6 alkyl-tetrazolyl, -C1-C6- alkyl thienyl, -C1-C6- alkyl pyrrolyl, -C1-C6- alkyl pyridyl, benzyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH (C1-C6) alkyl, N(C1- C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, or C1-C4 haloalkoxy.
Preferred compounds of formula III-g include compounds of formula III-h, wherein R1 and R21 are both H; and
R22 is H, phenyl (C1-C6) alkoxy, benzyl, halogen, (C1-C6) alkyl, OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH(C1-C6) alkyl, or N (C1-C6) alkyl (C1- C6) alkyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, Ci-C2 haloalkyl, or C1-C2 haloalkoxy.
Preferred compounds of formula III-h include compounds of formula III-i, wherein
R9 is H, Ci-C6 alkyl, -S02phenyl, -Ci-C4 alkyl-furanyl, -Ci-C4 alkyl-tetrazolyl, -Ci-C4- alkyl thienyl, -Ci-C4- alkyl pyrrolyl, -Ci-C4- alkyl pyridyl, benzyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1,
2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Ci-C4 alkyl, Cx-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH(Cx-C6) alkyl, N(C1- C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl, CF3, or OCF3.
Preferred compounds of formula III-i include compounds of formula III-j , wherein
L5 is -C(O)N(Rg)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)C(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)C(O)-, -(C1-C4) -alkyl-S- (Cx-C4) alkyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N(R9) -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula III-j include compounds of formula III-k, wherein R9 is H, Ci-C6 alkyl, or benzyl, wherein phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Cx-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, CF3, or OCF3.
Preferred compounds of formula III-j include compounds of formula III-l, wherein R9 is H, -SO2phenyl, -Ci-C4 alkyl-furanyl, -Cx-C4 alkyl- tetrazolyl, -Ci-C4- alkyl thienyl, -Ci-C4- alkyl pyrrolyl, -Cx-C4- alkyl pyridyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Ci-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, N (C1-C6) alkyl (C1- C6) alkyl, CF3, or OCF3.
Preferred compounds of formula III-i include compounds of formula III-m, wherein
L5 is -N(Rg)-(C1-C6) alkyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9), or -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) -(Ci-C4) alkyl-.
Preferred compounds of formula III-m include compounds of formula III-n, wherein
R9 is H, Ci-C6 alkyl, or benzyl, wherein phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Ci-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2,
NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, CF3, or OCF3.
Preferred compounds of formula III-m include compounds of formula III-o, wherein
R9 is H, -S02phenyl, -Ci-C4 alkyl-furanyl, -Ci-C4 alkyl- tetrazolyl, -Cx-C4- alkyl thienyl, -Ci-C4- alkyl pyrrolyl, -Ci-C4- alkyl pyridyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Cx-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH (C1-C6) alkyl, N (Cx-C6) alkyl (C1- C6) alkyl, CF3, or OCF3.
Preferred compounds of formula III-i include compounds of formula III-p, wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9)-
(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula III-p include compounds of formula III-q, wherein Rg is H, Ci-C6 alkyl, or benzyl, wherein phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Ci-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2,
NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, CF3, or
OCF3.
Preferred compounds of formula III-p include compounds of formula III-r, wherein
Rg is H, -SO2phenyl, -Ci-C4 alkyl-furanyl, -Ci-C4 alkyl- tetrazolyl, -Ci-C4- alkyl thienyl, -Ci-C4- alkyl pyrrolyl, - -- -Ci-C4- alkyl pyridyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl - groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Ci-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Cx- C6) alkyl, CF3, or OCF3.
Preferred compounds of formula III-a include compounds of formula III-s, wherein
Ri and R2χ are both H; and
R22 is H, phenyl (Ci-C6) alkoxy, benzyl, halogen, (Ci-C6) alkyl, OH, Ci-C6 alkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Cx- C6) alkyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, CF3, or OCF3. Preferred compounds of formula III also include compounds wherein L5 is -(C1-C4) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula III also include compounds wherein L5 is - (C2-C6) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula III also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula III also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compound of formula III-s include compounds of formula IV,
Figure imgf000025_0001
(IV) wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each Rio is independently, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Ci-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N(Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl.
Preferably, the dibenzofuranyl group is in a meta position on the phenylene ring. Preferred compounds of formula IV also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula IV also include compounds wherein L5 is - (C2-C6) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula IV also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula IV also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compound of formula I II-s include compounds of formula V,
Figure imgf000026_0001
(V) wherein n is 0 , 1 , 2 , 3 , or 4 ; and each Rio is independently, halogen, Cx-C6 alkyl , Ci-C6 alkoxy,
Ci-C4 haloalkyl , C1-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2 , NH2 , NH ( Ci-C6) alkyl , or N ( Ci-C6) alkyl ( Ci-C6) alkyl . Preferably, the benzyl substituted benzofuranyl methylene moiety is in a meta position on the phenylene ring.
Preferred compounds of formula V also include compounds wherein L5 is - (Ci-C4) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula V also include compounds wherein L5 is - (C2-C6) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula V also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Ru groups.
Preferred compounds of formula V also include compounds wherein L5 is —(-Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Ru groups.
Preferred compound of formula III-s include compounds of formula VI,
Figure imgf000027_0001
(VI) wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; each Rio is independently, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy,
Cx-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl; and R5 is alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, C1-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, NH2, NH (C1-C6) alkyl, N(C1- C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl, or phenyl.
Preferably, the benzofuranyl methylene moiety is in a meta position on the phenylene ring.
Preferred compounds of formula VI also include compounds wherein L5 is -(C1-C4) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R11 groups.
Preferred compounds of formula VI also include compounds wherein L5 is -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R11 groups.
Preferred compounds of formula VI also include compounds wherein L5 is -(C1-C4) alkyl-N (R9) - (C1-C4) alkyl-, wherein the - alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R11 groups.
Preferred compounds of formula VI also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (C1-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 R1I groups.
Preferred compound of formula III-s include compounds of formula VII,
Figure imgf000028_0001
(VII) wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each R1O is independently, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy,
Cx-C4 haloalkyl, Ci-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N(Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl.
Preferably, the indolyl group is in a meta position on the phenylene ring.
Preferred compounds of formula VII also include compounds wherein L5 is - (C1-C4) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Ru groups.
Preferred compounds of formula VII also include compounds wherein L5 is -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula VII al-so include compounds wherein L5 is -(C1-C4) alkyl-N (Rg) - (C1-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula VII also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (C1-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compound of formula III-s include compounds of formula VIII,
Figure imgf000029_0001
(VIII) wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each Rio is independently, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Ci-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (C1-C6) alkyl (Cx-C6) alkyl.
Preferably, the diphenylether group is in a meta position on the phenylene ring.
Preferred compounds of formula VIII also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula VIII also include compounds wherein L5 is -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula VIII also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula VIII also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
A preferred class of compounds of formula A are compounds of formula X,
Figure imgf000031_0001
(X)
Preferred compounds of formula X are compounds of formula X-a, wherein,
Q is H, phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, -phenyl-carbonyl-phenyl, - phenyl- (Cx-C4) alkyl-phenyl, -phenyl-pyridyl, -phenyl- pyrimidyl, -phenyl-benzofuranyl, -phenyl-indolyl, -phenyl- piperidinyl, -phenyl-pyrrolidinyl, -phenyl-piperazinyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, dibenzofuranyl, - benzothienyl- (Ci-C4) alkyl-phenyl, -indolyl- (C1-C4) alkyl- phenyl, benzofuranyl- (Ci-C4) alkyl-phenyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1,2, 3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, or imidazo [2, 1-b] thiazol-3-one, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Cx-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, phenyl, or phenyl- (Cx-C6) alkyl-; wherein R6 and R7 are independently H, Cx-C6 alkyl, phenyl (Ci-C6) alkyl,
C2-C6 alkanoyl, phenyl (C2-C6) alkanoyl, Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl (Ci-C6) alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, - C (O)NH(C1-C6) alkyl, -C (0)N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, or -SO2- aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, Cx-C4 alkyl, Cx-C4 alkoxy, NO2, OH, NH2, NH (Cx-C6) alkyl, N (Cx-C6) alkyl (Cx-C6) alkyl, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; and Z is absent, H, or phenyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently C1-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, or NO2.
A preferred class of compounds of formula X-a are compounds of formula X-b, wherein, the A ring is phenyl, -phenyl-O-phenyl, pyrido [1, 2-a] indolyl, furanyl, thienyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, indolyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, Cx-C4 haloalkyl, Ci-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (C1-C6) alkyl (Cx- C6) alkyl; and R2Or B-2ir R22J and R23 are independently selected from H, phenyl (Cx-C6) alkoxy, phenyl (Cx-C6) alkyl, halogen, (Cx- C6) alkyl, OH, alkoxy, CN, NO2, NH2, NH(Cx-C6) alkyl, N(Cx- C6) alkyl (Cx-C6) alkyl, NH-phenyl, NHC(O)-(Cx-C4) alkyl- phenyl, N(Cx-C4 alkyl) C (0) - (Ci-C4) alkyl- phenyl, N(Cx- C4) alkyl-phenyl, -NHS02-phenyl, -N (Cx-C4alkyl) S02phenyl, wherein the phenyl group is .optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Cx-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, Cx-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy.
A preferred class of compounds of formula X-b are compounds of formula X-c, wherein, Rx is H, Cx-C6 alkyl, benzyl, or allyl;
L2 is a bond or -C(O)NR10-, -N(R10)C(O)-, - (C1-C4) alkyl- N(R10)C(O)-, -C (O)N (R10) -(Cx-C4) alkyl-, -N(R10)C(O)-(C1-
C4) alkyl-, - (C1-C4) alkyl-C (O)N (R10) -, -0- (C1-C6) alkyl-, or - (C1-C6) alkyl-0-; L3 is absent, a bond, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-0-, -0- (Ci-C4) alkyl, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, or -phenyl-;
L5 is a bond, -0- (C1-C6) alkyl-, - (C1-C6) alkyl-0-, -C (O)N (R9) - (Cα- C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)C(O)-(C1-C4) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(Ci-C6) alkyl- , -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9), -(C1-C4) alkyl-N (R9) - (C1-C4) alkyl-, -SO2N(R9)-, -SO2N(Rg)-(C1-C4) alkyl-, -N (R9) SO2- (C1-C4) alkyl- , -N(R9)SO2-, -(C1-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, -N(R9)- (C1-C6) alkyl- wherein - (Ci-C6) alkyl- is optionally substituted with phenyl, -N(R9)C(O)-, -C(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -S-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, or -(C1-C4) alkyl-S- (C1-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more R11 groups,
R9 and R1O are independently is H, C1-C6 alkyl, -S02phenyl, -C1-C6 alkyl-furanyl, -C1-C6 alkyl-tetrazolyl, -C1-C6- alkyl thienyl, -C1-C5- alkyl pyrrolyl, -Ci-C6- alkyl pyridyl, benzyl, wherein the aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 __ groups that are independently Gi-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH (C1-C6) alkyl, N(C1- C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, or C1-C4 haloalkoxy, R11 at each occurrence is independently N12R1S, -
N(R12)C(O)R13, N(R12)CO2Ri3, or -C(O)NRi2R13, wherein R12 and R13 are independently H or C1-C6 alkyl.
A preferred class of compounds of formula X-c are compounds of formula X-d, wherein, L2 is a bond;
L3 ia a bond, - (C1-C4) alkyl-0-, -0- (Ci-C4) alkyl, or -(Ci-C4) alkyl-; the A ring is phenyl; and Z is absent. A preferred class of compounds of formulas X-c or X-d are compounds of formula X-e, wherein,
R21 and R23 are both H;
R22 is OH or phenyl (Ci-C6) alkoxy; L5 is -N(R9)C(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, or -N(R9)C(O)-, and Q is phenyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, or dibenzofuranyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-Cε alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, or phenyl.
A preferred class of compounds of formula X-e are compounds of formula I-f, wherein R9 is H. Preferred compounds of formula X-e are compounds of formula X-f, wherein Q is benzofuran, optionally substituted with Ci-C6 alkyl.
Preferred compounds of formula X also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Ru groups.
Preferred compounds of formula X also include compounds wherein L5 is - (C2-C6) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
Preferred compounds of formula X also include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups. Preferred compounds of formula X also include compounds wherein L5 is -(C1-C4) alkyl-S- (C1-C4) alkyl-, wherein the alkyl portion of L5 is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 Rn groups.
In another aspect, the invention provides compounds of Formula XI:
Figure imgf000035_0001
XI and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: R28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C1-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two Cχ-C3 alkoxy or Cx-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy;
R29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Cx-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or Cx-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen or Cx-C6 alkyl; R20 and R21 are independently hydrogen or halogen;
L5 is -(Cx-C4) alkyl-N (R9) -(C1-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, or -(C1-C4) alkyl-S- (C1-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or two R11 groups, R9 is H, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl;
R11 at each occurrence is independently N12R1S, -
N(R12)C(O)R13, N(R12)CO2R13, or -C(O)NR12R13, wherein R12 and R13 are independently H or C1-C6 alkyl, each Rio is independently H, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N(Ci-C5) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
A preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
In particular aspects of Formula XI, n is 0 or 1. In a preferred aspect, n is 0. In another preferred aspect of Formula XI, n is 1 and Ri0 is chloro, fluoro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, or amino. In still another preferred aspect of Formula XI, n is 1 and Rio is fluoro, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
Preferred compounds of Formula XI include those where R20 is hydrogen and R21 is hydrogen. Also preferred are compounds wherein R20 is hydrogen and R21 is halogen. More preferably R21 is fluoro. In another aspect, both of R2o and R21 are halogen, preferably fluoro. Other preferred compounds of Formula XI include those where R2s is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R2g is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl. Other preferred compounds of Formula XI include those where R29 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R28 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl. Where one of R28 and R2g is hydrogen, the other is preferably adamantanyl or dibenzofuranyl, more preferably dibenzofuran-3-yl or dibenzofuran-4-yl, most preferably dibenzofuran-4-yl. Each of these preferred R28 and R29 groups is optionally substituted with from 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and most preferably 1-2 groups selected from Ci-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and NR6R7, where R6 and R7 are independently H, Cx-C6 alkyl, Ci- C6 alkanoyl, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C(0)NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, or - C(O)N (Ci-C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl.
A preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl. Preferably, R2s is hydrogen, R29 is dibenzothiophen-4-yl. In a particular aspect of Formual XI, R28 is hydrogen; R29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is hydrogen. In a preferred aspect, R20 is hydrogen and R21 is halogen, more preferably fluoro. In another preferred aspect, both of R2o and R21 are halogen, preferably fluoro. In yet another preferred aspect, both of R2o and R2i are hydrogen.
In another particular aspect of Formual XI, R29 is hydrogen; R28 is dibenzofuran-4-yl. Preferably, within this aspect both of R20 and R21 are halogen, preferably fluoro. More preferably, within this aspect, R2o is hydrogen and R21 is fluoro.
Preferred compounds of formula XI include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein R9 is Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl.
Preferred compounds of formula XI include compounds wherein L5 is -(C2~C6) alkenyl-, optionally substituted with one Rn group.
Preferred compounds of formula XI include compounds wherein L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-.
In another aspect, the invention provides compounds of Formula XII:
Figure imgf000037_0001
XII and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
R27 is Ci-Ce alkoxy;
R2S is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C1-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two Cx-C3 alkoxy or Ci-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; R29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C1-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two Ci-C3 alkoxy or Ci-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen or Ci-C6 alkyl;
R20 and R2i are independently hydrogen or halogen; R30 and R3i are independently hydrogen or Cx-C2 alkyl; each Rio is independently H, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
Ci-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
A preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
Preferred compounds of Formula XII include those where R2o is hydrogen and R2i is hydrogen. Also preferred are compounds where R20 is hydrogen and R21 is halogen. More preferably R21 is fluoro. In another aspect, both of R2o and R21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
In particular aspects of Formula XII, n is 0 or 1. In a preferred aspect, n is 0. In another preferred aspect of Formula XII, n is 1 and Rio is chloro, fluoro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, or amino. In still another preferred aspect of Formula XII, n is 1 and Rio is fluoro, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
Other preferred compounds of Formula XII include those where R28 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R29 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl. Other preferred compounds of Formula XII include those where R29 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R28 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
Where one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen, the other is preferably adamantanyl or dibenzofuranyl, more preferably dibenzofuran-3-yl or dibenzofuran-4-yl, most preferably dibenzofuran-4-yl. Each of these preferred R28 and R29 groups is optionally substituted with from 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and most preferably 1-2 groups selected from C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and NRgR7, where R6 and R7 are independently H, C1-C6 alkyl, C1- C6 alkanoyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C (0)NH (C1-C6) alkyl, or - C(O)N (C1-C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl. A preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl. Preferably, R28 is hydrogen, R2g is dibenzothiophen-4-yl, and each of R30 and R31 are hydrogen.
In a particular aspect of Formual XII, R28 is hydrogen; R29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is hydrogen. In a preferred aspect, R20 is hydrogen and R21 is halogen, more preferably fluoro. In another preferred aspect, both of R20 and R21 are halogen, preferably fluoro. In yet another preferred aspect, both of R20 and R21 are hydrogen.
In another particular aspect of Formual XII, R2g is hydrogen; R28 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is hydrogen. Preferably, within this aspect both of R2o and R2i are halogen, preferably fluoro. More preferably, within this aspect, R20 is hydrogen and R21 is fluoro.
Still other preferred compounds of Formula XII include those where one of R28 and R2g is 3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 3-formylphenyl, or 3-acetylphenyl.
Preferred compounds of Formula XII include those where R30 and R31 are (i) both hydrogen, (ii) hydrogen and methyl, or (iii) both methyl. More preferred compounds of Formula XII are those where R30 and R31 are both hydrogen.
In another aspect, the invention provides compounds of Formula XIII:
Figure imgf000040_0001
XIII and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R27 is Ci-C6 alkoxy; R28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy;
R29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C1-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen or Ci-C6 alkyl; R20 and R21 are independently hydrogen or halogen;
R30 and R31 are independently hydrogen or Ci-C2 alkyl; each Rio is independently H, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (C1-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
A preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl. Preferably, R28 is hydrogen, R29 is dibenzothiophen-4-yl, and each of R30 and R31 are hydrogen. In particular aspects of Formula XIII, n is 0 or 1. In a preferred aspect, n is 0. In another preferred aspect of Formula XIII, n is 1 and Ri0 is chloro, fluoro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, or amino. In still another preferred aspect of Formula XIII, n is 1 and Ri0 is fluoro, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
Preferred compounds of Formula XIII include those where R20 is hydrogen and R21 is hydrogen. Also preferred are compounds wherein R20 is hydrogen and R21 is halogen. More preferably R21 is fluoro. In another aspect, both of R20 and R21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
Other preferred compounds of Formula XIII include those where R28 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R29 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl. Other preferred compounds of Formula XIII include those where R29 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R28 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
Where one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen, the other is preferably adamantanyl or dibenzofuranyl, more preferably dibenzofuran-3-yl or dibenzofuran-4-yl, most preferably dibenzofuran-4-yl. Each of these preferred R28 and R29 groups is optionally substituted with from 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and most preferably 1-2 groups selected from Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and NR6R7, where R6 and R7 are independently H, Cx-C6 alkyl, Ci- C6 alkanoyl, Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C (0)NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, or -C(O)N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl.
In a particular aspect of Formual XIII, R28 is hydrogen; R29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is hydrogen. In a preferred aspect, R2o is hydrogen and R21 is halogen, more preferably fluoro. In another preferred aspect, both of R2o and R2I are halogen, preferably fluoro. In yet another preferred aspect, both of R2o and R21 are hydrogen. In another particular aspect of Formual XIII, R29 is hydrogen; R28 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is hydrogen. In another preferred aspect, both of R20 and R21 are halogen, preferably fluoro. In still another particular aspect of Formual XIII, R2s is hydrogen; R29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is methyl.
Still otherpreferred compounds of Formula XIII include those where one of R28 and R29 is 3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 3-formylphenyl, or 3-acetylphenyl.
Preferred compounds of Formula XIII include those where R30 and R31 are (i) both hydrogen, (ii) hydrogen and methyl, or (iii) both methyl. More preferred compounds of Formula XIII are those where R30 and R3x are both hydrogen. In another aspect, the invention provides compounds of Formula XIV:
Figure imgf000042_0001
XIV and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R27 is C1-C6 alkoxy;
R28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv)
•dibenzofuranyl, (v) C1-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; R29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C1-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen or Ci-C6 alkyl;
R20 and R21 are independently hydrogen or halogen; R30 and R31 are independently hydrogen or Ci-C2 alkyl; each Rχo is independently H, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Ci-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH(C1-C6) alkyl, or N (C1-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
A preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
Preferred compounds of Formula XIV include those where R2o is hydrogen and R21 is hydrogen. Also preferred are compounds where R2o is hydrogen and R21 is halogen. More preferably R21 is fluoro. In another aspect, both of R2o and R21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
In particular aspects of Formula XIV, n is 0 or 1. In a preferred aspect, n is 0. In another preferred aspect of Formula -XIV, n is 1 and R1O is chloro, fluoro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, or amino. In still another preferred aspect of Formula XIV, n is 1 and Rio is fluoro, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
Other preferred compounds of Formula XIV include those where R28 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R29 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl. Other preferred compounds of Formula XIV include those where R2g is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R2s is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
Where one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen, the other is preferably adamantanyl or dibenzofuranyl, more preferably dibenzofuran-3-yl or dibenzofuran-4-yl, most preferably dibenzofuran-4-yl. Each of these preferred R2s and R29 groups is optionally substituted with from 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and most preferably 1-2 groups selected from Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and NR6R7, where R6 and R7 are independently H, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-
C6 alkanoyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C (0)NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or -
C(O)N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl. A preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl. Preferably, R28 is hydrogen, R2g is dibenzothiophen-4-yl, and each of R30 and R31 are hydrogen.
In a particular aspect of Formual XIV, R28 is hydrogen; R29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is hydrogen. In a preferred aspect, R20 is hydrogen and R2i is halogen, more preferably fluoro. In another preferred aspect, both of R20 and R2I are halogen, preferably fluoro. In yet another preferred aspect, both of R2o and R21 are hydrogen.
In another particular aspect of Formual XIV, R2g is hydrogen; R2s is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is hydrogen. Preferably, within this aspect both of R2o and R2i are halogen, preferably fluoro. More preferably, within this aspect, R2o is hydrogen and R21 is fluoro.
Still other preferred compounds of Formula XIV include those where one of R2s and R29 is 3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 3-formylphenyl, or 3-acetylphenyl.
Preferred compounds of Formula XIV include those where R30 and R3i are (i) both hydrogen, (ii) hydrogen and methyl, or
(iii) both methyl. More preferred compounds of Formula XIV are those where R30 and R31 are both hydrogen.
In another aspect, the invention provides compounds of Formula XV:
Figure imgf000045_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein R27 is Ci-C6 alkoxy; R28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy;
R29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen or Ci-C6 alkyl; R20 and R21 are independently hydrogen or halogen;
R30 and R31 are independently hydrogen or Ci-C2 alkyl; each Rio is independently H, halogen, Ci-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy,
Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
A preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl. Preferably, R28 is hydrogen, R29 is dibenzothiophen-4-yl, and each of R30 and R31 are hydrogen.
In particular aspects of Formula XV, n is 0 or 1. In a preferred aspect, n is 0. In another preferred aspect of
Formula XV, n is 1 and Rio is chloro, fluoro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, or amino. In still another preferred aspect of Formula XV, n is 1 and Rio is fluoro, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
Preferred compounds of Formula XV include those where R2o is hydrogen and R2i is hydrogen. Also preferred are compounds wherein R20 is hydrogen and R2i is halogen. More preferably R2i is fluoro. In another aspect, both of R2o and R2i are halogen, preferably fluoro.
Other preferred compounds of Formula XV include those where R2s is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R2g is hydrogen, halogen, or.t-butyl. Other preferred compounds of Formula XV include those where R2g is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R28 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
Where one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen, the other is preferably adamantanyl or dibenzofuranyl, more preferably dibenzofuran-3-yl or dibenzofuran-4-yl, most preferably dibenzofuran-4-yl. Each of these preferred R28 and R2g groups is optionally substituted with from 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and most preferably 1-2 groups selected from Ci-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and NR6R7, where R6 and R7 are independently H, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci- C6 alkanoyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C (0)NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or -C (O)N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl.
In a particular aspect of Formual XV, R28 is hydrogen; R29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is hydrogen. In a preferred aspect, R2o is hydrogen and R21 is halogen, more preferably fluoro. In another preferred aspect, both of R20 and R21 are halogen, preferably fluoro. In yet another preferred aspect, both of R2o and R2i are hydrogen. In another particular aspect of Formual XV, R29 is hydrogen; R28 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is hydrogen. In another preferred aspect, both of R2o and R21 are halogen, preferably fluoro. In still another particular aspect of Formual XV, R2s is hydrogen; R2g is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is methyl.
Still otherpreferred compounds of Formula XV include those where one of R2s and R29 is 3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 3-formylphenyl, or 3-acetylphenyl.
Preferred compounds of Formula XV include those where R30 and R31 are (i) both hydrogen, (ii) hydrogen and methyl, or (iii) both methyl. More preferred compounds of Formula XV are those where R30 and R31 are both hydrogen.
In another aspect, the invention provides compounds of Formula XVI:
Figure imgf000047_0001
XVI and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein p is 0 or 1;
R28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Cχ-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy;
R29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two Ci-C3 alkoxy or Ci-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen or Ci-C6 alkyl ;
R20 and R2I are independently hydrogen or halogen; R30 and R31 are independently hydrogen or Ci-C2 alkyl; each Ri0 is independently H, halogen, Ci-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
A preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl.
Preferred compounds of Formula XVI include those where R2o is hydrogen and R21 is hydrogen. Also preferred are compounds where R20 is hydrogen and R21 is halogen. More preferably R21 is fluoro. In another aspect, both of R2o and R21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
In particular aspects of Formula XVI, n is 0 or 1. In a preferred aspect, n is 0. In another preferred aspect of Formula XVI, n is 1 and Rio is chloro, fluoro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, or amino. In still another preferred aspect of Formula XVI, n is 1 and Rio is fluoro, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
Other preferred compounds of Formula XVI include those where R28 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R2g is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl. Other preferred compounds of Formula XVI include those where R2g is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R28 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
Where one of R28 and R2g is hydrogen, the other is preferably adamantanyl or dibenzofuranyl, more preferably dibenzofuran-3-yl or dibenzofuran-4-yl, most preferably dibenzofuran-4-yl. Each of these preferred R28 and R29 groups is optionally substituted with from 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and most preferably 1-2 groups selected from Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and NR6R7, where R6 and R7 are independently H, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-
C6 alkanoyl, Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C (0)NH (Cx-C6) alkyl, or -
C(O)N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl. A preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl. Preferably, R28 is hydrogen, R29 is dibenzothiophen-4-yl, and each of R30 and R31 are hydrogen.
In a particular aspect of Formual XVI, R28 is hydrogen; R2g is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is hydrogen. In a preferred aspect, R20 is hydrogen and R2x is halogen, more preferably fluoro. In another preferred aspect, both of R2o and R2i are halogen, preferably fluoro. In yet another preferred aspect, both of R2o and R2i are hydrogen.
In another particular aspect of Formual XVI, R29 is hydrogen; R28 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is hydrogen. Preferably, within this aspect both of R2o and R2i are halogen, preferably fluoro. More preferably, within this aspect, R2o is hydrogen and R2i is fluoro.
Still other preferred compounds of Formula XVI include those where one of R28 and R2g is 3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 3-formylphenyl, or 3-acetylphenyl.
Preferred compounds of Formula XVI include those where R30 and R31 are (i) both hydrogen, (ii) hydrogen and methyl, or
(iii) both methyl. More preferred compounds of Formula XIV are those where R30 and R31 are both hydrogen.
In another aspect, the invention provides compounds of Formula XVII:
Figure imgf000050_0001
XVII and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein p is 0 or 1; R28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C1-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two Ci-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy;
R29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C1-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen or Ci-C6 alkyl; R20 and R21 are independently hydrogen or halogen;
R30 and R31 are independently hydrogen or C1-C2 alkyl; each Rio is independently H, halogen, Ci-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
A preferred dibenzothiophenyl group is dibenzothiophen-4- yl. Preferably, R28 is hydrogen, R2g is. dibenzothiophen-4-yl, and each of R30 and R31 are hydrogen.
In particular aspects of Formula XVII, n is 0 or 1. In a preferred aspect, n is 0. In another preferred aspect of
Formula XVII, n is 1 and Ri0 is chloro, fluoro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethyl, or amino. In still another preferred aspect of Formula XVII, n is 1 and Ri0 is fluoro, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
Preferred compounds of Formula XVII include those where R20 is hydrogen and R21 is hydrogen. Also preferred are compounds wherein R20 is hydrogen and R21 is halogen. More preferably R21 is fluoro. In another aspect, both of R2o and R21 are halogen, preferably fluoro.
Other preferred compounds of Formula XVII include those where R28 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R29 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl. Other preferred compounds of Formula XVII include those where R29 is dibenzofuranyl or adamantanyl and R28 is hydrogen, halogen, or t-butyl.
Where one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen, the other is preferably adamantanyl or dibenzofuranyl, more preferably dibenzofuran-3-yl or dibenzofuran-4-yl, most preferably dibenzofuran-4-yl. Each of these preferred R28 and R2g groups is optionally substituted with from 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and most preferably 1-2 groups selected from Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and NR5R7, where R6 and R7 are independently H, Ci-C6 alkyl, Cx- C6 alkanoyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C (0)NH (Cx-C6) alkyl, or -C(O)N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl.
In a particular aspect of Formual XVII, R28 is hydrogen; R29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is hydrogen.
In a preferred aspect, R20 is hydrogen and R21 is halogen, more preferably fluoro. In another preferred aspect, both of R20 and R2I are halogen, preferably fluoro. In yet another preferred aspect, both of R20 and R2x are hydrogen. In another particular aspect of Formual XVII, R29 is hydrogen; R2s is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is hydrogen. In another preferred aspect, both of R2o and R2i are halogen, preferably fluoro. In still another particular aspect of Formual XVII, R28 is hydrogen; R29 is dibenzofuran-4-yl; and each of R30 and R31 is methyl.
Still otherpreferred compounds of Formula XVII include those where one of R28 and R2g is 3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 3-formylphenyl, or 3-acetylphenyl.
Preferred compounds of Formula XVII include those where R30 and R31 are (i) both hydrogen, (ii) hydrogen and methyl, or (iii) both methyl. More preferred compounds of Formula XVII are those where R30 and R31 are both hydrogen.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula (I)
Figure imgf000052_0001
(D, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
L2 is a bond; and A, Z, L3, L5, Q, R1, R20, R21, R22, and R23 are as defined in claim 1; comprising: treating a compound of formula
Figure imgf000052_0002
wherein X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO2CF3, with a metal catalyst, a base, and a compound of formula
Figure imgf000052_0003
wherein Ra is H or (Ci-Cs) alkyl, and L is alkylene, to provide a compound of formula
Figure imgf000053_0001
In another aspect, the invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula (I)
Figure imgf000053_0002
(D, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein L2 is a bond; and A, Z, L3, L5, Q, Ri, R2o, R21, R22, and R23 are as defined in claim 1; comprising: treating a compound of formula
Figure imgf000053_0003
wherein X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO2CF3, with a metal catalyst, a base, and a compound of formula
Figure imgf000053_0004
wherein RA is H or (Ci-C6) alkyl, and L is alkylene, to provide a compound of formula
Figure imgf000053_0005
In another aspect, the invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula (I)
Figure imgf000054_0001
(D, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein L5 is -0- (Ci-C6) alkyl-, - (Ci-C6) alkyl-O-, -N (R9) - (Ci-C6) alkyl-, -N (R9) - (Ci-C6) alkyl- wherein -(Ci-C6) alkyl- is optionally substituted with phenyl, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) - (Ci-C4) alkyl- , -S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, - (Ci-C6) alkyl-S-, or - (Cx-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more Rn groups, Rg is H, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, -SO2-aryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Ci-C4 alkyl,
Ci-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; Rn at each occurrence is independently N12R13, -N (R12) C (0) R13, N(Ri2) CO2R13, or -C(O)NR12Ri3, wherein Ri2 and R13 are independently H or Ci-C6 alkyl; and
A, Z, L2, L3, Q, Ri, R20, R21Λ R22/ and R23 are as defined in claim 1; comprising: treating a compound of formula
Figure imgf000054_0002
wherein R is (CH2) n0H, (CH2)nSH, or (CH2)nNH2, n is 0 , 1 , 2 , 3 , or 4 , with a base and a compound of formula
Figure imgf000055_0001
wherein X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO2R',
R' is methyl, para-methylphenyl, or CF3, and m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, to provide a compound of formula (I) .
In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula (XV)
Figure imgf000055_0002
(XV) wherein X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO2CF3;
Ri is H, Ci-C6 alkyl, phenyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, or C2-C6 alkenyl; L3 is absent, a bond, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-O-, -0- (Ci-C4) alkyl, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, or -phenyl-;
L5 is a bond, -0- (Cx-C6) alkyl-, - (C1-C6) alkyl-O-, -C(O)N(Rg)-(C1- C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)C(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl- C(O)N(Rg)-(C1-C4) alkyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) C (0) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(Cx-C6) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(C1-C6) alkyl- wherein - (C1-C6) alkyl- is optionally substituted with phenyl, - (C1-C4) alkyl-N (R9) -(C1-C4) alkyl-, -SO2N(R9)-, -SO2N(R9)- (C1-C4) alkyl-, -N (R9) SO2- (C1-C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)SO2-, -(C1-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, -N(R9)C(O)-, -C(O)-(C1-C4) alkyl-, -S-(C1-C4) alkyl-, - (C1-C6) alkyl-S-, or -(C1-C4) alkyl-S- (C1-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more R11 groups, Rg and R1O are independently H, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, -Sθ2~aryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Ci-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, N(Cx- C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; Rn at each occurrence is independently Ni2Ro, -
N(Ri2) C (O)Ri3, N(Ri2)CO2Ri3, or -C(O)NRi2Ri3, wherein R12 and Ri3 are independently H or Ci-C6 alkyl; and R2Of R21Λ R22f and R23 are independently selected from H, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, halogen, alkyl, OH, alkoxy, NO2, NH2, CN, NH (C1-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, NH-aryl, NHC(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-aryl, N(Ci-C4 alkyl) C (0) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-aryl, N (Ci-C4) alkyl-aryl, -NHS02-aryl, or -N(Cx- C4alkyl) S02aryl, wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy.
In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula (XVI) or formula (XVII)
Figure imgf000056_0001
(XVI) (XVII) wherein RA is H or (Ci-C6) alkyl; and L is alkylene; L3 is a bond, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-O-, -0- (Ci-C4) alkyl,
- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, or -phenyl-; the A ring is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Ci-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl;
Q is H, aryl, -aryl-carbonyl-aryl, -aryl-O-aryl, -aryl-alkyl- aryl, -aryl-heteroaryl, -aryl-heterocycloalkyl,
-heteroaryl, -heteroaryl-alkyl-aryl, or -heterocycloalkyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally- substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, phenyl, phenyl- (Cx- C6) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently H, Ci-C6 alkyl, aryl (Ci-C6) alkyl, C2- C6 alkanoyl, aryl C2-C6 alkanoyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C (0)NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, - C (O)N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, or -S02-aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, Ci-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, NO2, OH, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci- C6) alkyl, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; and Z is absent, H, -NHC(O) aryl, -N(Cx-C4 alkyl) C (0) aryl, or aryl (phenyl) , wherein the aryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Cx-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, or NO2, or Z is -NHC (O)- (Ci-C4) alkyl- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, or
-N (Ci-C4) alkylC(O) - (Ci-C4) alkyl- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl. In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula (XVIII)
Figure imgf000057_0001
(XVIII), wherein X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO2CF3;
L3 is a bond, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-O-, -0- (Ci-C4) alkyl,
- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, or -phenyl-; the A ring is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Cx-C4 haloalkyl, Ci-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl; Q is H, aryl, -aryl-carbonyl-aryl, -aryl-O-aryl, -aryl-alkyl- aryl, -aryl-heteroaryl, -aryl-heterocycloalkyl, -heteroaryl, -heteroaryl-alkyl-aryl, or -heterocycloalkyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, phenyl, phenyl- (Cx- C6) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently H, Ci-C6 alkyl, aryl (Ci-C6) alkyl, C2- C6 alkanoyl, aryl C2-C6 alkanoyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C (0)NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, - C (O)N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, or -S02-aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, Ci-C4 alkyl, Cx-C4 alkoxy, NO2, OH, NH2, NH(Cx-C6) alkyl, N (Cx-C6) alkyl (Cx- C6) alkyl, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; and Z is absent, H, -NHC(O) aryl, -N(Cx-C4 alkyl) C (0) aryl, or aryl (phenyl) , wherein the aryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Cx-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, or NO2, or Z is -NHC(O)- (Ci-C4) alkyl- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, or
-N (Cx-C4) alkylC (0) - (Cx-C4) alkyl- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl. In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula (XIX) or formula (XX)
Figure imgf000058_0001
(XIX) (XX) wherein Ra is H or (Cx-C6) alkyl; and L is alkylene;
Ri is H, Ci-C6 alkyl, phenyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, or C2-C6 alkenyl;
L5 is a bond, -0- (C1-C6) alkyl-, - (Ci-C6) alkyl-O-, -C(O)N(Rg)-(C1-
C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)C(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl- C(O)N(Rg)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(C1-C4) alkyl-N (R9) C (0) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(Ci-C6) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(C1-C6) alkyl- wherein -(Ci-C6) alkyl- is optionally substituted with phenyl, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) -(C1-C4) alkyl-, -SO2N(R9)-, -SO2N(R9)- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N (R9) SO2- (C1-C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)SO2-, -(C1-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, -N(R9)C(O)-, -C(O)-(C1-C4) alkyl-, -S-(Cx-C4) alkyl-, - (Ci-C6) alkyl-S-, or -(Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (C1-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more R11 groups, R9 and Ri0 are independently H, C1-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, -S02-aryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Ci-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, N(C1- C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl", haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy;
R11 at each occurrence is independently N12Ri3, -
N(Ri2)C(O)Ri3, N(Ri2)CO2Ri3, or -C(O)NRi2R13, wherein Ri2 and R13 are independently H or C1-C6 alkyl; and R-20Λ R-21^ R22/ and R23 are independently selected from H, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, halogen, alkyl, OH, alkoxy, NO2,
NH2, CN, NH(C1-C6) alkyl, N (C1-C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl, NH-aryl, NHC(O)-(C1-C4) alkyl-aryl, N(Ci-C4 alkyl) C(0) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-aryl, N (C1-C4) alkyl-aryl, -NHS02-aryl, or -N(Ci- C4alkyl) S02aryl, wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy. In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula (XXI)
Figure imgf000060_0001
(XXI), wherein R is (CH2)n0H, (CH2)nSH, (CH2)nNH2, (CH2)nCHO, or CH2)n-X; X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO2R'; R' is methyl, para-methylphenyl, or CF3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
L2 is a bond or -C(O)NRi0-, -N(Ri0)C(O)-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (Ri0) C(O)-, -C (0)N (Ri0) - (C1-C4) alkyl-,
-N(Ri0)C(O) -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, - (C1-C4) alkyl-C (0)N (Ri0) -, -0- (Ci-C6) alkyl-, -CO-, -SO2-, or - (C1-C6) alkyl-O-; L3 is absent, a bond, - (C1-C4) alkyl-O-, -0- (C1-C4) alkyl,
-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, or -phenyl-; the A ring is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Ci-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (C1-C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl; R20, R2i, R22, and R23 are independently selected from H, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, halogen, alkyl, OH, alkoxy, NO2, NH2, CN, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, NH-aryl, NHC(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-aryl, N(Cx-C4 alkyl) C (0) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-aryl, N (Ci-C4) alkyl-aryl, -NHSO2-aryl, or -N(C1- C4alkyl) S02aryl, wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Cx-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy;
Q is H, aryl, -aryl-carbonyl-aryl, -aryl-0-aryl, -aryl-alkyl- aryl, -aryl-heteroaryl, -aryl-heterocycloalkyl, -heteroaryl, -heteroaryl-alkyl-aryl, or -heterocycloalkyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NReR7, phenyl, phenyl- (Ci- C6) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently H, Ci-C6 alkyl, aryl (Ci-C6) alkyl, C2- C6 alkanoyl, aryl C2-C6 alkanoyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C(0)NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, - C (O)N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, or -S02-aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, Ci-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, NO2, OH, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci- C6) alkyl, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; and
Z is absent, H, -NHC(O) aryl, -N(C1-C4 alkyl) C(0) aryl, or aryl (phenyl) , wherein the aryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Cx-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, or NO2; or
Z is -NHC(O)- (Ci-C4) alkyl- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, or
-N(Ci-C4) alkylC (0) - (Ci-C4) alkyl- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl.
In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula (XXI) wherein R is (CH2)n0H, (CH2)nSH, (CH2)nNH2, (CH2)nCH0, or CH2)n-X;
X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO2R';
R' is methyl, para-methylphenyl, or CF3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
L2 is a bond; L3 is a bond, ; the A ring is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C4 haloalkyl , C1-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2 , NH2 , NH (Ci-C6) alkyl , or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl ;
R20 , R21, R22 , and R23 are H;
Q is aryl, -aryl-carbonyl-aryl, -aryl-O-aryl, -aryl-alkyl-aryl, -aryl-heteroaryl, -aryl-heterocycloalkyl, -heteroaryl,
-heteroaryl-alkyl-aryl, or -heterocycloalkyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, phenyl, phenyl- (Ci-C6) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently H, Ci-C6 alkyl, aryl (Ci-C6) alkyl, C2- C6 alkanoyl, aryl C2-C6 alkanoyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C (0)NH (C1-C6) alkyl, - C (O)N (Cx-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, or -SO2-aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, Cx-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, NO2, OH, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (C1- C6) alkyl, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; and
Z is absent, H, -NHC(O) aryl, -N(Cx-C4 alkyl) C (0) aryl, or aryl (phenyl) , wherein the aryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Cx-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, or NO2; or
Z is -NHC (O)- (Ci-C4) alkyl- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, or
-N (Cx-C4) alkylC (0) - (Ci-C4) alkyl- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl.
In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula (XXI) wherein R is (CH2)n0H, (CH2)nSH, (CH2)nNH2, (CH2)nCHO, or CH2)n-X;
X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO2R';
R' is methyl, para-methylphenyl, or CF3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; L2 is a bond;
L3 is a bond, ; the A ring is phenyl;
R20, R21/ R22, and R23 are H; Q is -heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, phenyl, phenyl- (Ci-C6) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently H, Cx-C6 alkyl, aryl (Cx-C6) alkyl, C2- C6 alkanoyl, aryl C2-C6 alkanoyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C (0)NH (Cx-C6) alkyl, - C (O)N(Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, or -SO2-aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, NO2, OH, NH2, NH(Cx-C6) alkyl, N(Cx-C6) alkyl (Cx- C6) alkyl, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; and
Z is H.
In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula (XXI) wherein R is (CH2)n0H, (CH2)nSH, (CH2) nNH2, (CH2)nCHO, or CH2)n-X;
X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO2R';
R' is methyl, para-methylphenyl, or CF3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; L2 is a bond;
L3 is a bond, ; the A ring is phenyl;
R20r R21, R22, and R23 are H;
Q is dibenzofuranyl, benzofuranyl, or indolyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Cx-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, phenyl, phenyl- (Cx-C6) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein R6 and R7 are independently H or Ci-C6 alkyl; and Z is H.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating diabetes comprising administering a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of a compound of formula A to a patient in need of such treatment.
In yet another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula A and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable solvent, carrier, adjuvant or excipient.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating diabetes, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of a compounds of formula A.
In another aspect, the invention encompasses a method of treating diabetes comprising administering to a patient in need- thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of a compound or salt of formula A or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or salt of formula A.
In another aspect, the invention encompasses a method of inhibiting TPT-IB comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of a compound or salt of formula A or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or salt of formula A.
In another aspect, the invention encompasses a method of treating cancer or neurodegenerative diseases comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of a compound or salt of formula A or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or salt of formula A. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating syndrome X (consisting of such abnormalities as obesity, dyslipidemia, hypercoagulation, hypertension, insulin resistance and leading to heart disease and diabetes) , obesity, diabetes, immunological disease, bleeding disorders and/or cancer comprising administering a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of a compound of formula A to a patient in need of such treatment.
As noted above, the compounds of the invention bind to and preferably, inhibit PTP-IB. As a result that are useful in the treatment of various diseases, including controlling or treating Type 2 diabetes, improving glucose tolerance, and in improving insulin sensitivity in patients in need thereof. The compounds are also useful in treating or controlling other PTP- IB mediated diseases, such as the treatment of cancer, neurodegenerative diseases and the like.
In another aspect, the invention provides the use of a compound or salt of formula I for the manufacture of a medicament for treating cancer, neurodegenerative diseases diabetes, syndrome X, immunological disease, bleeding disorders, or cardiovascular diseases in a patient in need of such treatment.
In another aspect, the invention provides the use of a compound or a salt of formula I for the manufacture of a medicament for inhibiting PTP-IB in a patient in need thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides the use of a pharmaceutical composition for the manufacture of a medicament comprising a compound of formula I and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable solvent, carrier, adjuvant or excipient.
The term "alkoxy" represents an alkyl group of indicated number of carbon atoms attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen bridge. Examples of alkoxy groups include, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy and isopropoxy.
As used herein, the term "alkyl" includes those alkyl groups of a designed number of carbon atoms. Alkyl groups may be straight, or branched. Examples of "alkyl" include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso-, sec- and tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 3-ethylbutyl, and the like.
The term "alkylene" means a divalent group derived from a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon of from 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Representative examples of alkylene include, but are not limited to, -CH2CH2-, -C (CH3) 2C (CH3)2-, -CH(CH3)CH(CH3)-,
-CH2CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2CH2-, and -CH2CH(CH3)CH2-.
The term "aryl" refers to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring system containing at least one aromatic ring. The aromatic ring may optionally be fused or otherwise attached to other aromatic hydrocarbon rings or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings. Examples of aryl groups include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, 1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydronaphthalene and biphenyl. Preferred examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, and anthracenyl. More preferred aryl groups are phenyl and naphthyl. Most preferred is phenyl.
The term "cycloalkyl" refers to a C3-Cs cyclic hydrocarbon. Examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.
The terms "halogen" or "halo" indicate fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
The term "heterocycloalkyl" refers to a ring or ring system containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein said heteroatom is in a non-aromatic ring. The heterocycloalkyl ring is optionally fused to or otherwise attached to other heterocycloalkyl rings and/or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings and/or phenyl rings. Preferred heterocycloalkyl groups have from 3 to 7 members. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, for example, 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 1,2,3, 4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyridinonyl, and pyrazolidinyl. Preferred heterocycloalkyl groups include piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyridinonyl, dihydropyrrolidinyl, and pyrrolidinonyl.
The term "heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic ring system containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. The heteroaryl ring may be fused or otherwise attached to one or more heteroaryl rings, aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings or heterocycloalkyl rings. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, for example, pyridine, furan, thienyl, 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydroisoquinoline and pyrimidine. Preferred examples of heteroaryl groups include thienyl, benzothienyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, furanyl, benzOfuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, triazolyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrazolyl, and benzopyrazolyl.
The compounds of this invention may contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms, so that the compounds can exist in different stereoisomeric forms. These compounds can be, for example, racemates, chiral non-racemic or diastereomers. In these situations, the single enantiomers, i.e., optically active forms, can be obtained by asymmetric synthesis or by resolution of the racemates. Resolution of the racemates can be accomplished, for example, by conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent; chromatography, using, for example a chiral HPLC column; or derivatizing the racemic mixture with a resolving reagent to generate diastereomers, separating the diastereomers via chromatography, and removing the resolving agent to generate the original compound in enantiomerically enriched form. Any of the above procedures can be repeated to increase the enantiomeric purity of a compound. When the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless otherwise specified, it is intended that the compounds include the cis, trans, Z- and E- configurations. Likewise, all tautomeric forms are also intended to be included. The compounds of general Formula A may be administered orally, topically, parenterally, by inhalation or spray or rectally in dosage unit formulations containing conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles. The term parenteral as used herein includes percutaneous, subcutaneous, intravascular (e.g., intravenous), intramuscular, or intrathecal injection or infusion techniques and the like. In addition, there is provided a pharmaceutical formulation comprising - a compound of general Formula A and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. One or more compounds of general Formula A may be present in association with one or more non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or diluents and/or adjuvants, and if desired other active ingredients. The pharmaceutical compositions containing compounds of general Formula A may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsion, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preservative agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques. In some cases such coatings may be prepared by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monosterate or glyceryl distearate may be employed.
Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules, wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid- diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
Formulations for oral use may also be presented as lozenges.
Aqueous suspensions contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydropropyl-methylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example, lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredients in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents and flavoring agents may be added to provide palatable oral preparations. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid. Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents or suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil or a mineral oil or mixtures of these. Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring gums, for example gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol, anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents.
Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, glucose or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavoring and coloring agents. The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents that have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parentally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1, 3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono-or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables. The compounds of general Formula A may also be administered in the form of suppositories, e.g., for rectal administration of the drug. These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols. Compounds of general Formula A may be administered parenterally in a sterile medium. The drug, depending on the vehicle and concentration used, can either be suspended or dissolved in the vehicle. Advantageously, adjuvants such as local anesthetics, preservatives and buffering agents can be dissolved in the vehicle.
For disorders of the eye or other external tissues, e.g., mouth and skin, the formulations are preferably applied as a topical gel, spray, ointment or cream, or as a suppository, containing the active ingredients in a total amount of, for example, 0.075 to 30% w/w, preferably 0.2 to 20% w/w and most preferably 0.4 to 15% w/w. When formulated in an ointment, the active ingredients may be employed with. either paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol such as propylene glycol, butane-1, 3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol, polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof. The topical formulation may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogs. The compounds of this invention can also be administered by a transdermal device. Preferably topical administration will be accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir and porous membrane type or of a solid matrix variety. In either case, the active agent is delivered continuously from the reservoir or microcapsules through a membrane into the active agent permeable adhesive, which is in contact with the skin or mucosa of the recipient. If the active agent is absorbed through the skin, a controlled and predetermined flow of the active agent is administered to the recipient. In the case of microcapsules, the encapsulating agent may also function as the membrane. The transdermal patch may include the compound in a suitable solvent system with an adhesive system, such as an acrylic emulsion, and a polyester patch. The oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier, it may comprise a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier (s) with or without stabilizer (s) make-up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations. Emulsifiers and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the present invention include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, and sodium lauryl sulfate, among others. The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations is very low. Thus, the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters may be used. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active ingredients are dissolved or suspended in suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredients. The antiinflammatory active ingredients are preferably present in such formulations in a concentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10% and particularly about 1.5% w/w. For therapeutic purposes, the active compounds of this combination invention are ordinarily combined with one or more adjuvants appropriate to the indicated route of administration. If administered per os, the compounds may be admixed with lactose, sucrose, starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulfuric acids, gelatin, acacia gum, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and then tableted or encapsulated for convenient administration. Such capsules or tablets may contain a controlled-release formulation as may be provided in a dispersion of active compound in hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose. Formulations for parenteral administration may be in the form of aqueous or non¬ aqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions or suspensions. These solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders or granules having one or more of the carriers or diluents mentioned for use in. the formulations for oral administration. The compounds may be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethanol, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, and/or various buffers. Other adjuvants and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art. Dosage levels of the order of from about 0.1 mg to about 140 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of the above-indicated conditions (about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per patient per day) . The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. Dosage unit forms will generally contain between from about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient. The daily dose can be administered in one to four doses per day. In the case of skin conditions, it may be preferable to apply a topical preparation of compounds of this invention to the affected area two to four times a day.
It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.
For administration to non-human animals, the composition may also be added to the animal feed or drinking water. It may be convenient to formulate the animal feed and drinking water compositions so that the animal takes in a therapeutically appropriate quantity of the composition along with its diet. It may also be convenient to present the composition as a premix for addition to the feed or drinking water. Preferred non- human animals include domesticated animals.
As noted above, the invention also provides methods and compositions for combination therapy of Type I and Type II diabetes. In one such aspect, the invention provides methods of using compounds of formula A in combination with one or more angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors for improving the cardiovascular risk profile in patients experiencing or subject to Syndrome X or type II diabetes (non-insulin- dependent diabetes mellitus) , preferably in human type II diabetics. These methods may also be characterized as the reduction of risk factors for heart disease, stroke or heart attack in a type II diabetic.
These methods include the reduction of hyperlipidemia in a patients experiencing or subject to Syndrome X or type II diabetes. These methods include methods lowering low density lipoprotein (LDL) blood levels and to increase high density lipoprotein (HDL) blood levels. The methods herein may further be characterized as useful for inhibiting, preventing or reducing atherosclerosis in a type II diabetics, or for reducing the risk factors thereof. These methods also include the lowering of free fatty acid blood levels and triglyceride levels in type II diabetics.
Among the ACE inhibitors which may be utilized with the invention described herein are quinapril, ramipril, verapamil, captopril, diltiazem, clonidine, hydrochlorthiazide, benazepril, prazosin, fosinopril, lisinopril, atenolol, enalapril, perindropril, perindropril tert-butylamine, trandolapril and moexipril, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form of one or more of these compounds.
The invention also provides methods of using PTPase inhibitors of formula A for improving the cardiovascular or cerebrovascular risk profile in patients experiencing or subject to type II diabetes (non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus) , preferably in human type II diabetics or a patient experiencing or subject to Syndrome X. These methods may also be characterized as the reduction of risk factors for heart disease, stroke or heart attack in a type II diabetic or a patient experiencing or subject to Syndrome X. The invention also provides methods of using a pharmacological combination of one or more PTPase inhibiting agents, one or more biguanide agents, and, optionally one or more sulfonlylurea agents for treatment of type II diabetes or Syndrome X in a patient in need of such treatment. Also provided are methods of using these agents to treat or inhibit metabolic disorders mediated by insulin resistance or hyperglycemia in a patient in need thereof. Further included in this invention is a method of modulating blood glucose levels in a patient in need thereof.
Each of these methods comprises administering to a patient in need thereof pharmaceutically effective amounts of: a) a PTPase inhibiting agent of formula I; and b) a biguanide agent; and c) optionally, a sulfonylurea agent.
Biguanide agents useful with this invention include metformin and its pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms. Sulfonylurea agents useful for the methods and combinations of this invention may be selected from the group of glyburide, glyburide, glipizide, glimepiride, chlorpropamide, tolbutamide, or tolazamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form of these agents.
This invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions and methods of using PTPase inhibitors of formula A in combination with one or more alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, such as miglitol or acarbose, for improving the cardiovascular risk profile in patients experiencing or subject to Syndrome X or type II diabetes (non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus) , preferably in human type II diabetics. These methods may also be characterized as the reduction of risk factors for heart disease, stroke or heart attack in a patient in such need.
These methods include the reduction of hyperlipidemia in type II diabetics, including methods in type II diabetics for lowering low density lipoprotein (LDL) blood levels and to increase high density lipoprotein (HDL) blood levels. The methods herein may further be characterized as useful for inhibiting, preventing or reducing atherosclerosis in a type II diabetic or a patient experiencing or subject to Syndrome X, or the risk factors of either.
These methods also include the lowering free fatty acid blood levels and triglyceride levels in type II diabetics, or a patient experiencing or subject to Syndrome X. Among the alpha-glucosidase inhibitors which may be utilized with the invention described herein are miglitol or acarbose, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form of one or more of these compounds.
This invention further provides methods for using a PTPase inhibitor of the invention and a sulfonylurea agent for the management of Syndrome X or type 2 diabetes and for improving the cardiovascular risk profile in patients experiencing or subject to those maladies. These methods may also be characterized as the reduction of risk factors in such patients for heart disease, stroke or heart attack in a type II diabetic. Such methods include the reduction of hyperlipidemia in a patients experiencing or subject to Syndrome X or type II diabetes and include methods for lowering low density lipoprotein (LDL) blood levels, high density lipoprotein (HDL) blood levels, and overall blood lipoprotein levels. The methods herein may further be characterized as inhibiting, preventing or reducing atherosclerosis in patients subject to or experiencing Syndrome X or type II diabetes, or the risk factors thereof. Such methods further include the lowering of free fatty acid blood levels and triglyceride levels in such patients.
Representative sulfonylurea agents include glipizide, glyburide (glibenclamide) , chlorpropamide, tolbutamide, tolazamide and glimepriride, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof.
In addition, the invention provides combinations of a PTPase inhibitor of the invention and at least one thiazolidinedione agents. Such combinations are useful for treatment, inhibition or maintenance of Syndrome X or type II diabetes in patients in need of such treatment. Accordingly, methods of using such combinations are provided by the invention. Thus, the invention provides methods of using these agents to treat or inhibit metabolic disorders mediated by insulin resistance or hyperglycemia in patients in need thereof. Further included in this invention are methods of modulating blood glucose levels in a patient in need thereof.
Each of these methods comprises administering to a patient in need thereof pharmaceutically effective amounts of: a) a thiazolidinedione agent, such as selected from the group of pioglitizone and rosiglitazone, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form of these agents; and b) a compound of formula A. The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions and methods of using PTPase inhibitors in combination with one or more antilipemic agents. Such methods and compositions are useful for improving the cardiovascular risk profile in patients experiencing or subject to type II diabetes (non- insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus) , preferably in type II diabetics or Syndrome X. These methods also include reducing the risk factors for heart disease, stroke or heart attack in a type II diabetic or a patient experiencing or subject to Syndrome X. Such methods further include the reduction of hyperlipidemia in type II diabetics, including such methods in type II diabetics for lowering low density lipoprotein (LDL) blood levels and to increase high density lipoprotein (HDL) blood levels. These compositions and methods are also useful for inhibiting, preventing or reducing atherosclerosis in a type II diabetic or a patient experiencing or subject to Syndrome X, or the risk factors thereof. In this aspect, the compositions and methods are useful for lowering of free fatty acid blood levels and triglyceride levels in type II diabetics, or patients experiencing or subject to Syndrome X.
Representative antilipemic or agents, also known as antihyperlipidemic agents, suitable for use in the invention are bile acid sequestrants, fibric acid derivatives, HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors and nicotinic acid compounds. Bile acid sequestrant agents useful with this invention include colestipol and colesevelam, and their pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms. Fibric acid derivatives which may be used with the present invention include clifofibrate, gemfibrozil and fenofibrate. HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors, also known as statins, useful with this invention include cerivastatin, fluvastatin, atorvastatin, lovastatin, pravastatin and simvastatin, or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof. Niacin is an example of a nicotinic acid compound which may be used with the methods of this invention. Also useful are lipase inhibiting agents, such as orlistat.
This invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions that are a combination of a compound of Formula A and an aldose reductase inhibitor (ARI) . Such combinations are useful in methods for treating, inhibiting or preventing type II diabetes, or its related and associated symptoms, disorders and maladies. These methods comprise administering to a patient in need of such therapy a pharmaceutically effective amount of a composition comprising a combination of pharmaceutically effective amounts of a compound of formula A and an ARI. These compositions and methods are useful for the treatment, prevention or inhibition of diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, retinopathy, keratopathy, diabetic uveitis, cataracts.
Representative suitable ARIs are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,420,426 and 6,214,991. Combinations of the compounds of Formula A and an ARI are also useful for inhibition or reduction of risk factors for heart disease, stroke or heart attack in a type II diabetic. Therefore, in this aspect the invention is useful for reducing hyperlipidemia and/or low density lipoprotein (LDL) blood levels in type II diabetics. Also included in this aspect are methods for inhibiting, preventing or^ reducing atherosclerosis or the risk factors thereof in type II diabetics. This aspect includes lowering of free fatty acid blood levels and triglyceride levels. This invention also provides methods of using a compound of formula A and insulin (s) for the management of type I or type II diabetes. Accordingly, the invention provides for combination therapy, i.e., where a compound of Formula A is administered in combination with insulin. Such combination therapy encompasses simultaneous or sequential administration of the compound of Formula A and insulin. The insulins useful in this aspect include both naturally occurring and synthetic insulins.
Insulins useful with the methods and combinations of this invention include rapid acting insulins, intermediate acting insulins, long acting insulins and combinations of intermediate and rapid acting insulins.
Rapid acting commercially available insulin products include HUMALOG® Brand Lispro Injection (rDNA origin); HUMULIN® Regular Human Injection, USP [rDNA origin]; HUMULIN® Regular U- 500 Concentrated Human Injection,. USP [rDNA origin]; REGULAR ILETIN® II (insulin injection, USP, purified pork) available from Eli Lilly and Co.; and the NOVALIN® Human Insulin Injection and VENOSULIN® BR Buffered Regular Human Injection, each available from Novo Nordisk Pharmaceuticals.
Commercially available intermediate acting insulins useful with this invention include, but are not limited to, the HUMULIN® L brand LENTE® human insulin [rDNA origin] zinc suspension, HUMULIN® N NPH human insulin [rDNA origin] isophane suspension, LENTE® ILETIN.RTM. II insulin zinc suspension, USP, purified pork, and NPH ILETIN® II isophane insulin suspension, USP, purified pork, available from Eli Lilly and Company, LANTUS® insulin glargine [rDNA origin] injection, available from Aventis Pharmaceuticals, and the NOVOLIN L Lente® human insulin zinc suspension (recombinant DNA origin) , and NOVOLIN® N NPH human insulin isophane suspension (recombinant DNA origin) products available from Novo Nordisk Pharmaceuticals, Inc, Princeton N.J.
Also useful with the methods and formulations of this invention are intermediate and rapid acting insulin combinations, such as the HUMALOG® Mix 75/25 (75% Insulin Lispro Protamine Suspension and 25% Insulin Lispro Injection), HUMULIN® 50/50 (50% Human Insulin Isophane Suspension and 50% Human Insulin Injection) and HUMULIN® 70/30 (70% Human Insulin Isophane Suspension and 30% Human Insulin Injection), each available from Eli Lilly and Company. Also useful are the NOVALIN® 70/30 (70% NPH, Human Insulin Isophane Suspension and 30% Regular, Human Insulin Injection) line of combination products available from Novo Nordisk Pharmaceuticals.
A commercially available long acting insulin for use with this invention is the HUMULIN® U Ultralente® human insulin [rDNA origin] extended zinc suspension, available from Eli Lilly and Company.
Also useful in the methods of this invention are inhaled insulin products, such as the EXUBERA® inhaled insulin product developed by Pfizer Inc. and Aventis SA. Each of these insulin products can be administered as directed by a medical professional using administrations, dosages and regimens known in the art, such as those published for each product in the Physicians' Desk Reference, 55 Edition, 2001, published by Medical Economics Company, Inc. at Montvale, N.J., the relevant sections of which are incorporated herein by reference.In this aspect, the invention includes, for example, methods for improving the cardiovascular and cerebrovascular risk profiles in patients experiencing or subject to type I or type II diabetes (non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus) , preferably in human type II diabetics. These methods may also be characterized as the inhibition or reduction of risk factors for heart disease, stroke or heart attack in a type II diabetic. The compounds of the present invention may be prepared by use of known chemical reactions and procedures. Representative methods for synthesizing compounds of the invention are presented below. It is understood that the nature of the substituents required for the desired target compound often determines the preferred method of synthesis. All variable groups of these methods are as described in the generic description if they are not specifically defined below.
Methods of Preparation
Figure imgf000084_0001
Scheme 1
A method for preparing compounds of the invention is illustrated in scheme 1. Certain compounds of the invention are prepared from a substituted 4-bromobenzenesulfonylchloride or 4-bromobenzeneacid chloride as illustrated in scheme 1.
Treatment with the desired amino acid ester in the presence of a base, such as pyridine or triethylamine, gives the corresponding sulfonamide or amide. Activation of the aryl bromide by treatment with bis (pinacolato) diboron and a palladium catalyst give the boronic ester, which is subsequently coupled to a variety of aryl or heteroaryl bromides or iodides using a palladium catalyst. For some examples, the desired aryl or heteroaryl bromide may need to be prepared separately. In general the preparation of these intermediates can be accomplished using methods known in the art.
Once the L3-Q group is in place, the sulfonamide or amine nitrogen can be alkylated with the desired side chain alkyl halide. This is usually done with a base, such as cesium carbonate, or sodium hydride. Finally, the ester intermediate is hydrolyzed to give the target compound. Those having skill in the art will recognize that the starting materials and reaction conditions may be varied, the sequence of the reactions altered, and additional steps employed to produce compounds encompassed by the present invention, as demonstrated by the following examples. In some cases, protection of certain reactive functionalities may be necessary to achieve some of the above transformations. In general, the need for such protecting groups as well as the conditions necessary to attach and remove such groups will be apparent to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
The disclosures of all articles and references mentioned in this application, including patents, are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
Structures were named using Name Pro IUPAC Naming Software, version 5.09, available from Advanced Chemical
Development, Inc., 90 Adelaide Street West, Toronto, Ontario, M5H 3V9, Canada or with ChemDraw v. 6.02, which is available from Cambridgesoft.com in Cambridge, MA.
CHEMISTRY EXAMPLES
The preparation of intermediates and compounds of the invention is illustrated further by the following examples, which are not to be construed as limiting the invention in scope or spirit to the specific procedures and compounds described in them. In all cases, unless otherwise specified, the column chromatography is performed using a silica gel solid phase. Example 1. Preparation of 4-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-phenyl- boronic acid
Step 1: (4-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-phenyl) -trimethyl-silane
Figure imgf000086_0001
A solution of dibenzofuran-4-yl-boronic acid (20.0 g, 94.3 mmol), (4-bromo-phenyl) -trimethyl-silane (21.62 g, 94.3 mmol) , K2CO3 (39.1 g, 3 equiv., 283 mmol) in toluene (100 πiL) , ethanol (60 mL) and water (30 mL) was purged with nitrogen for 5 min (bubbled into solution) and treated with Pd (PPh3) 4 (3.59 g, 2.9 mmol) . After heating to 80 0C for 4 h, the solution was cooled to room temperature, poured into water (300 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (300 mL) . The organic phase was washed with sat'd aq NaCl, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (5-20% ethyl acetate in heptane) afforded (4- dibenzofuran-4-yl-phenyl) -trimethyl-silane as a colorless oil (28.9 g, 96%) .
Figure imgf000086_0002
Step 2: 4-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-phenyl-boronic acid
A solution of (4-dibenzofuran-4-yl-phenyl) -trimethyl- silane (28 6 g, 90.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (350 mL, 0.26 M) was cooled to -78 0C and carefully treated with borontribromide (135 mL, 1.5 equiv., 135 mmol) . After the addition was complete, the solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. Next, the reaction mixture was re-cooled to - 78 0C, treated with dry methanol (30 mL) , slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 h. Next, the solution was re- cooled to -78 0C, carefully quenched with 10% aq HCl (50 mL) , warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 h (solids form) . The resulting solution was poured into water (500 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 X 700 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with sat'd aq NaCl, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was suspended in a 10% ethyl acetate in heptane solution, filtered and washed with the same solution (5 X 60 mL) to give 4-dibenzofuran-4-yl-phenyl-boronic acid as a white solid (20.2 g, 77%) .
Example 2. 5-Benzyl-5-{2- [A' - (2-benzylbenzofuran-3-yl) -biphen- 4-yl] -2-oxoethyl}-2,2-dimethyl- [1,3] -dioxane-4, 6-dione
Figure imgf000087_0001
A solution of 5-{2-[4' - (2-benzylbenzofuran-3-yl) -biphen-4-yl] - 2-oxoethyl}-2,2-dimethyl- [1,3] dioxane-4, 6-dione (200 mg, 0.37 mmol) in THF/DMF (5: 1; 6 mL) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (95%, 10.2 mg, 0.40 mmol) in anhydrous THF (5 mL) at room temperature. The clear solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 mins and then a solution of benzyl bromide (76 mg, 0.44 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added dropwise, followed by the addition of tetra-n-butylammonium iodide (5 mg) as a solid. The reaction mixture was warmed to 6O0C for 4 hrs (TLC control) , cooled to room temperature and then water (10 rαL) was added cautiously. The reaction mixture was extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 15 itiL) . The combined extract was washed with water (2 x 10 mL) , brine (3 x 10 mL) , dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by trituration and filtration from MeOH afforded the title compound as a pale yellow solid (210 mg) . IH-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) : δ 8.12 (2H, d, J = 8 Hz, Ar-H), 7.88 (4H, d, J = 6 Hz, Ar-H), 7.53-7.69 (4H, m, Ar-H), 7.26 (IH, m, Ar-H), 7.14 (HH, m, Ar-H), 4.26 (2H, s, PhCH2), 4.16 (2H, CH2CO), 3.38 (2H, s, PhCH2), 1.98 (3H, s, Me) , 0.78 (3H, s, Me) .
Example 3. 1- (4-Bromophenyl) -lH-indole.
Figure imgf000088_0001
A solution of lH-indole (3.0 g, 25.6 mmol) , 4- fluorobromobenzene (4.48 g, 25.6 mmol), potassium fluoride (40% wt on alumina; 3.0 g) and 18-crown-6 (690 mg, 2.56 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (30 mL) was heated at 1500C for 24 hours, and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 50 mL) . The combined organic extract was washed with water (2 x 30 mL) , brine (3 x 30 mL) , dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by flash column chromatography, using 20 % ethyl acetate/hexane as eluent, afforded the title compound has a pale yellow solid (5.5 g, 76%) . Example 4. 4' -Indol-l-yl-biphenyl-4-carbaldehyde.
To a stirred solution of the bromide (from example 3) (7.77 g, 28.6 mmol) and tetrakis-
(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (1.8 g, 1.45 mmol) in toluene (100 mL) was added a solution of 4-formylphenylboronic acid
(5.21 g, 34.5 mmol) in ethanol (20 mL) and 2N sodium carbonate (28.6 mL, 57.2 mmol) . The resulting suspension was stirred at 9O0C for 4 hrs (TLC control) . The reaction was cooled, diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 100 mL) . The combined extract was washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting brown solid was redissolved in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) . 2N Hydrochloric acid (10 mL) was added and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 100 mL) . The combined extract was washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by flash column chromatography, using 20% ethyl acetate in heptane as eluent, afforded the title compound as a white solid (8.02 g, 94 %) , IH NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 10.1 (IH, s, CHO), 8.01 (2H, d, J = 8 Hz, Ar-H), 7.70 (5H, m, Ar-H), 7.62 (2H, d, J = 8 Hz, Ar-H), 7.39 (IH, d, J = 3.5 Hz, Ar-H), 7.22 (3H, m, Ar-H), 6.74 (IH, d, J = 3.5 Hz, Ar-H) .
Example 5. (4' -Indol-l-yl-biphen-4-yl)methanol.
Figure imgf000089_0001
Sodium borohydride (783 mg, 20.6 mmol) was added portion- wise to a stirred solution of aldehyde (prepared in example 4) (3.06 g, 10.3 mmol) in a mixture of anhydrous THF and ethanol (1:1; 100 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at room temperature (TLC control) , poured into water (50 mL) and acidified to pH 4 with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 20 mL) . The combined extract was washed with 0.5 N hydrochloric acid (2 x 10 mL) , water and finally brine. The ethereal solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by flash column chromatography, using 30 % ethyl acetate/hexane as eluent, afforded the title compound has a white solid (2.80 g, 91 %); IH NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 6 7.55 - 7.78 (7H, m, Ar-H), 7.52 (2H, d, J = 8 Hz, Ar-H), 7.41 (IH, d, J = 3.5 Hz, Ar-H), 7.22 (3H, m, Ar-H), 6.72 (IH, d, J = 3.5 Hz, Ar-H), 4.79 (2H, d, J = 5.5 Hz, CH2O) .
Example 6. Methanesulfonic acid, (4' -Indol-l-yl-bάphen-4- yl)methyl ester.
Methanesulfonyl chloride (194 mg, 131 μL, 1.7 mmol) was added dropwise to a cooled (O0C) solution of alcohol (prepared in example 5) (620 mg, 1.54 mmol) and triethylamine (311 mg, 0.43 mL, 3.08 mmol) in anhydrous methylene chloride (10 mL) . The clear reaction mixture was stirred at 00C for 2-4 hrs (TLC control) , then poured into water (50 mL) , and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 30 mL) . The combined extract was washed with 0.5 N hydrochloric acid (2 x 10 mL) , water and finally brine. The ethereal solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mesylate was used in the subsequent alkylation step without further purification.
Example 7. 4' -Dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphenyl-4-carbaldehyde
Figure imgf000091_0001
A solution of dibenzofuran-4-boronic acid (1.0 g, 4.7 mmol) in ethanol (10 iriL) was added to a stirred solution of 1- bromo-4-iodobenzene (1.33 g, 4.7 mmol) and tetrakis- (triphenylphosphine)palladium(O) (271 mg, 5 mol%) in toluene (40 mL) . 2N sodium carbonate (4.7 mL, 9.4 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated to 900C (oil bath temp.) for 2-3 hrs until complete (TLC control) .
The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and diethyl ether. The phases were separated, the aqueous phase being further extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 20 mL) . The combined extract was washed with water and brine. The ethereal solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield 4- (4-bromophenyl) -dibenzofuran as a yellow solid, which was used immediately without further purification.
A solution of 4-formylphenylboronic acid (0.9 g, 5.64 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was added to a stirred solution of the crude 4- (4-bromophenyl) -dibenzofuran (from the previous reaction) in toluene (40 mL) . tetrakis-
(Triphenylphosphine)palladium(O) (270 mg, 5 mol%) and 2N sodium carbonate (4.7 mL, 9.4 mmol) were added and the reaction was heated to 1000C (oil bath temp.) for 2-3 hrs until complete (TLC control) . The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The phases were separated, the aqueous phase being further extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL) . The combined extract was washed with 0.5 N hydrochloric acid, water and brine and then dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by flash column chromatography, using 10-20% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent, afforded the title compound has a white solid (1.5Ig) .
Example 8. (4' -Dibenzofuran-4-yl-bipenyl-4-yl)methanol
Sodium borohydride (322 mg, 8.4 mmol) was added portion- wise to a stirred solution of aldehyde (prepared in example 7) (1.48 g, 4.2 mmol) in a mixture of anhydrous THF and ethanol (1:2; 5OmL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5-10 minutes at room temperature (TLC control) , poured into water (50 mL) and acidified to pH 4 with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 30 mL) . The combined extract was washed with 0.5 N hydrochloric acid (2 x 10 mL) , water and finally brine. The ethereal solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by flash column chromatography, using 30 % ethyl acetate/hexane as eluent, afforded the title compound has a white solid (1.40 g) .
Example 9. Methanesulfonic acid, 4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl- biphenyl-4-y-lmethyl ester
Methanesulfonyl chloride (490 mg, 330 μL, 4.3 mmol) was added dropwise to a cooled (00C) solution of alcohol (prepared in example 8) (1.38 g, 3.9 mmol) and triethylamine (800 mg, 1.1 mL, 7.9 mmol) in anhydrous methylene chloride (50 mL) . The clear reaction mixture was stirred at 00C for 2-4 hrs (TLC control) , then poured into water (50 mL) , and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 30 mL) . The combined extract was washed with 0.5 N hydrochloric acid (2 x 10 mL) , water and finally brine. The ethereal solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mesylate was used in the subsequent alkylation step without further purification.
Example 10. Trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 4-(2-benzyl- benzofuran-3-yl) -phenyl ester.
To a stirred solution of the known phenol, 4- (2- benzylbenzofuran-3-yl) -phenol, (7.2 g, 24 mmol) in anhydrous methylene chloride (100 mL) , was added triethylaitiine (4.86 g, 6.7 mL, 48 mmol) and then N-phenyltrifluoromethanesulfonimide (9.4g, 26.4 mmol) portionwise as a solid. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and then diluted with water, extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 100 mL) . The combined extract was washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by flash column chromatography, using 10% ethyl acetate in heptane as eluent, afforded the title compound as a white solid (9.35 g, 90%) .
Example 11. 4' - (2-Benzylbenzofuran-3-yl)biphenyl-4- carbaldehyde.
Figure imgf000093_0001
To a stirred solution of the triflate (from example 10) (9.35 g, 21.6 mmol) and tetrakis-
(triphenylphosphine)palladium(O) (750 mg, 0.65 mmol) in toluene (70 mL) was added a solution of 4-formylphenylboronic acid
(4.06g, 27.05 mmol) in ethanol (20 mL) and 2N sodium carbonate (21.6 mL, 43.2 mmol) . The resulting suspension was stirred at 1000C for 4 hrs (TLC control) . The reaction was cooled, diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 100 mL) . The combined extract was washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting brown solid was redissolved in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) . 2N Hydrochloric acid (10 mL) was added and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 100 mL) . The combined extract was washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by flash column chromatography, using 20% ethyl acetate in heptane as eluent, afforded the title compound as a white solid (7.34g, 88%) .
Example 12. 4' - (2-Benzylbenzofuran-3-yl)biphenyl-4-methanol
To a solution of 4' - (2-benzylbenzofuran-3-yl)biphenyl-4- carbaldehyde (5.Og, 12.9 mmol) in ethanol (100 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) was added sodium borohydride (980 mg, 25.8 mmol) as a solid in 3 portions. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour (TLC control) and then poured into water (100 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 100 mL) . The combined extract was washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a white solid (5.02g, 99%) .
Example 13. 2-Benzyl-3- (4' -bromomethylbiphen-4-yl)benzofuran
Figure imgf000095_0001
To a solution of 4' - (2-benzylbenzofuran-3-yl)biphenyl-4- methanol (5.01g, 12.7 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (75 mL) was added dibromtriphenylphosphorane (5.45g, 12.7 mmol) as a solid portionwise over 15 mins. The reaction was stirred for 2 hours (TLC control) and then poured into water (100 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 100 mL) . The combined extract was washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (4.98g, 87%) : IH NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) : δ 7.70 (2H, m, Ar-H), 7.63 (4H, m, Ar-H), 7.50 (3H, m, Ar-H), 7.30 (4H, m, Ar-H), 7.25 (4H, m, Ar-H), 4.57 (2H, s, CH2Br), 4.26 (2H, PhCH2) .
Example 14. 4' -Bromo-biphenyl-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester. A mixture of methyl 4-iodobenzoate, 9.38g (35.8 mmol), 4- bromophenylboronic acid 7.18g (35.8 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4, 2.07g (1.79 mmol), in 18OmL of toluene and 10OmL of ethanol was heated to obtain a clear solution. To the solution was added 3OmL of 4.0M aq. Na2CC>3. The reaction mixture refluxed for 4h at 80 °C. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with 30OmL ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with 2x300mL portions of water, 2x300mL portions of sat. aq. NaCl, and dried (MgSC>4) . After the solution was concentrated, the residue was purified by column chromatography (eluted with 7% EtOAc-Heptane) to afford the desired product in 7.8g (78%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) 8.10 (d, 2H, J = 9.0Hz)Λ 7.62 (d, 2H, J = 9.0Hz), 7.59 (d, 2H, J = 9.3Hz), 7.48 (d, 2H, J = 9.3 Hz) , 3.95 (s, 3H) .
Example 15. (4' -Broπιo-biphenyl-4-yl) -methanol.
A solution of 4' -Bromo-biphenyl-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester, 7.8g (27.9 mmol) in 15OmL of tetrahydrofuran was cooled to 0 °C via ice-water bath. Lithiumaluminum- hydride, l.lg (27.9 mmol) was added to the solution in one portion. The reaction mixture stirred at 0 °C for Ih. The mixture was slowly quenched with 1OmL of isopropyl alcohol, then with 1OmL of water. The aqueous mixture was extracted with 3x50mL portions of ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with sat. aq. NaCl, and dried (MgSO4) . The solution was concentrated to afford the desired product in 7.01g (100%) as a white solid. The material was taken to the next step without further purification.
Example 16. 4'-Bromo-4-bromomethyl-biphenyl.
A solution of (4' -bromo-biphenyl-4-yl) -methanol, 7.01g (27.9 mmol) and dibromo-triphenylphosphorane 11.8g (27.9 mmol) in 15OmL of methylene chloride stirred at room temperature for 2h. The solution was diluted with 10OmL of water and extracted with 2x200mL portions of diethyl ether. The organic layers were combined, washed with sat. aq. NaCl, and dried (MgSC>4) . After the solution was concentrated, the residue was purified through a short plug of silica gel (eluted with 50% EtOAc- Heptane) to afford the desired product in 9.1g (100%) as a white solid. The material was taken to the next step without further purification. Example 17 . ( 4-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-phenyl ) boronic acid
Step 1 : (4-Dibenzofuran-4-yl~phenyl) -trimethyl-silane
Figure imgf000097_0001
A solution of dibenzofuran-4-yl-boronic acid (20.0 g, 94.3 mmol) , (4-bromo-phenyl) -trimethyl-silane (21.62 g, 94.3 mmol) , K2CO3 (39.1 g, 3 equiv., 283 mmol) in toluene (100 inL) , ethanol (60 mL) and water (30 mL) was purgged with nitrogen for 5 min (bubbled into solution) and treated with Pd(PPh3) 4 (3.59 g, 2.9 mmol) . After heating to 80 0C for 4 h, the solution was cooled to room temperature, poured into water (300 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (300 mL) . The organic phase was washed with sat'd aq NaCl, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (5-20% ethyl acetate in heptane) afforded (4- dibenzofuran-4-yl-phenyl) -trimethyl-silane as a colorless oil (28.9 g, 96%) .
Step 2: 4-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-phenyl-boronic acid
Figure imgf000097_0002
A solution of (4-dibenzofuran-4-yl-phenyl) -trimethyl-silane (28 6 g, 90.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (350 mL, 0.26 M) was cooled to -78 0C and carefully treated with borontribromide (135 mL, 1.5 equiv., 135 mmol) . After the addition was complete, the solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. Next, the reaction mixture was re-cooled to -78 0C, treated with dry methanol (30 mL) , slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 h. Next, the solution was re-cooled to -78 0C, carefully quenched with 10% aq HCl (50 mL) , warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 h (solids form) . The resulting solution was poured into water (500 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 X 700 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with sat'd aq NaCl, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was suspended in a 10% ethyl acetate in heptane solution, filtered and washed with the same solution (5 X 60 mL) to give 4-dibenzofuran-4-yl- phenyl-boronic acid as a white solid (20.2 g, 77%) .
Example 18. Preparation of [ [4 ' - (2-Benzyl-benzofuran-3-yl) - biphenyl-4-sulfonyl] - (3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl) -amino] -acetic acid
Step 1: Preparation of Tert-Butyl- [ (4- bromobenzenesulfonyl) - (3-trifluoromethylbenzyl) amino]acetate.
3-Trifluoromethylbenzyl bromide (313 mg, 1.31 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of tert-butyl- (4- bromobenzesulfonylamino) acetate (404 mg, 1.16 mmol) and cesium carbonate (768 mg, 2.36 mmol) in anhyd DMF (5 mL) . The resultant reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h, diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) , washed with sat'd aq LiCl (3 x 10 mL) , sat'd aq NaCl, dried over anhyd MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in heptane) afforded the title compound as a colorless oil (293 mg) . Step 2: Preparation of Tert-Butyl-{ [4' - (2- benzylbenzofuran-3-yl)biphenyl-4-sulfonyl] - (3-trifluoromethyl- benzyl) amino}acetate.
A solution of 2-benzyl-3- [4' - (4, 4, 5, 5-tetramethyl- [1, 3,2] - dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl] -benzofuran (268 mg 0.653 mmol) in anhyd DMSO (5 mL) was added to a stirred suspension of tert- Butyl- [ (4-bromobenzenesulfonyl) - (3- trifluoromethylbenzyl) amino] -acetate (296 mg, 0.58 mmol) and tripotassium phosphate (0.37 g, 1.76 mmol) in anhyd DMSO (5 mL) . [1,1'-
Bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) -DCM complex (60 mg, 0.07 mmol) was added as a solid, and the resulting suspension was heated to 80 0C for 25 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, filtered though celite, and washed with sat'd aq LiCl (3 x 10 mL) , sat'd aq NaCl (1 x 10 mL) , dried over anhyd MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (heptane) afforded the title compound as a white solid (95 mg) .
Step 3: [ [4 ' - (2-Benzyl-benzofuran-3-yl)biphenyl-4- sulfonyl] - (3-trifluoromethylbenzyl) -amino] acetic acid.
Tert-Butyl-{ [4' - (2-benzylbenzofuran-3-yI)biphenyl-4- sulfonyl]- (3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl) amino}acetate (90 mg) was dissolved in methylene chloride (4 mL) . TFA (1 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h, and then concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (5% methanol in methylene chloride) afforded the title compound as an off white solid (45 mg) . Example 19. Preparation of N- [4 ' - (2-Butyl-benzofuran-3- ylrαethyl) -4- (3-phenyl-propoxy) -biphenyl-3-yl] -oxalamic acid
Figure imgf000100_0001
Step 1: (4-Bromo-phenyl) - (2-butyl-benzo'furan-3-yl) -methanone
Figure imgf000100_0002
A solution of 2-n-butylbenzofurane (19.8 g, 114 mmol) and 4- bromobenzoyl chloride (25.0 g, 114 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (300 mL, 0.4 M) was cooled to 0 0C and treated with AlCl3 (16.6 g, 1.1 equiv. , 125.4 mmol) in 3 portions. After the additions were complete, the solution was stirred for 3 h and carefully added to ice water. After separation, the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 X 200 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with water, sat'd aq NaCl, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
Purification by flash column chromatography (1-2% ethyl acetate in heptane) afforded (4-bromo-phenyl) - (2-butyl-benzofuran-3- yl) -methanone (14.6 g, 36%).
Figure imgf000101_0001
Step 2: 3- (4-Bromo-benzyl) -2-butyl-benzofuran
A solution of (4-bromo-phenyl) - (2-butyl-benzofuran-3-yl) - methanone (2.25 g, 6.32 mmol) in ethanol (20 mL, 0.3 M) was cooled to 0 0C and treated with NaBH4 (0.263 g, 1.1 equiv, 6.95 mmol) . After stirring for 1 h, the mixture was poured into a 50% ether in water solution (200 mL) . After separation, the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (50 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with water, sat'd aq NaCl, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting alcohol was subsequently disolved in dry dichloromethane (50 mL) , cooled to 0 0C and treated with triethylsilane (2.0 mL, 2.0 equiv., 12.64 mmol) dropwise via syringe. After stirring an additional 5 min, trifluoroacetic acid (2.43 mL, 5.0 equiv., 31.6 mmol) was added over 2 min and the mixture was stirred for 3 h. Once complete, the solution was washed with water, sat'd aq NaCl, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (0-2% ethyl acetate in heptane) afforded 3- (4-bromo-benzyl) -2-butyl-benzofuran as a pale yellow oil (1.34 g, 63%) .
Figure imgf000101_0002
Step 3: 2-Butyl-3-[4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan- 2-yl) -benzyl]-benzofuran
A solution of 3- (4-bromo-benzyl) -2-butyl-benzofuran (14.03 g, 41.5 mmol), bis (pinacolato) diborane (11.60 g, 1.1 equiv., 45.7 mmol), potassium acetate (12.2 g, 3.0 equiv., 125 mmol) in DMSO (100 mL, 0.4 M) was treated with PdCl2 (dppf) .CH2Cl2 (4.15 g, 0.1 equiv., 4.15 mmol) and heated to 80 0C. After compete by TLC, the solution was coled to room temperature, diluted with water (150 mL) and filtered through celite (washed with ether, 500 mL) . After separation, the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2 X 150 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water, sat'd aq NaCl, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (2-5% ethyl acetate in heptane) afforded 2- butyl-3- [4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl) - benzyl] -benzofuran as a pale yellow oil (11.2 g, 69%) .
Figure imgf000102_0001
Step 4: 2-Butyl-3-[3 '-nitro-4 '- (3-phenyl-propoxy) -biphenyl-4- ylmethyl]-benzofuran
A solution of 2-butyl-3- [4- (4, 4, 5, 5-tetramethyl- [1, 3, 2] dioxaborolan-2-yl) -benzyl] -benzofuran (100 mg, 0.256 mmol), 4-bromo-2-nitro-l- (3-phenylpropylox) -benzene (95 mg, 1.1 equiv., 0.282 mmol) and K2CO3 (136 mg, 3.5 equiv., 0.987 mmol) in water (1 mL) and DMF (2 mL) was treated with PdCl2 (dppf) .CH2Cl2 (23 mg, 0.1 equiv., 0.0282 mmol) and heated to 120 0C. After complete (by TLC) the solution was cooled to room temperature, acidified to pH < 4 with 10% aq HCl and diluted with water (20 mL) . After separation, the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3 X 20 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with water, sat'd aq NaCl, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by prep thin layer chromatography afforded 2- butyl-3- [3'-nitro-4 '- (3-phenyl-propoxy) -biphenyl-4-ylmethyl] benzofuran (53 mg, 41%) .
Figure imgf000103_0001
Step 5: 4 '- (2-Butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) -4- (3-phenyl- propoxy) -biphenyl-3-ylamine
A solution of 2-butyl-3- [3 ' -nitro-4 '- (3-phenyl-propoxy) - biphenyl-4-ylmethyl] -benzofuran (53 mg, 0.105 mmol) in ethanol
(1 mL) and acetic acid (1 mL) was treated with Fe (26.4 mg, 4.5 equiv., 0.472 mmol) and heated to 120 oC for 3 h. After cooling to room temperature, the solution was poured into a 20% aq NaOH / ice water solution (Ph > 8) and extracted with ether
(3 X 20 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water, sat'd aq NaCl, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by prep thin layer chromatography (25% ethyl acetate in heptane) afforded 4 '-(2- butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) -4- (3-phenyl-propoxy) -biphenyl-3- ylamine (14.5 mg, 29%) .
Figure imgf000103_0002
Step 6: N-[4 '- (2-Butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) -4- (3-phenyl- propoxy) -biphenyl-3-yl]-oxalamic acid ethyl ester
A solution of 4 '- (2-butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) -4- (3-phenyl- propoxy) -biphenyl-3-ylamine (129 mg, 0.264 mmol) and diisopropylethylarαine (0.115 inL, 2.5 equiv., 0.66 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 inL) was treated with a solution of ethyl chlorooxoacetate (44 mg, 1.2 equiv., 0.317 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) . After stirring for 2 h, the solution was diluted with water and extracted with dichloromethane (2 X 15 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water, sat'd aq NaCl, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by prep thin layer chromatography (25% ethyl acetate in heptane) afforded N- [4'- (2-butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) -4- (3-phenyl-propoxy) -biphenyl- 3-yl] -oxalamic acid ethyl ester (120 mg, 77%) .
Figure imgf000104_0001
Step 7: N-[4 '- (2-Butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) -4- (3-phenyl- propoxy) -biphenyl-3-yl]-oxalamic acid
A solution of N- [4 '- (2-butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) -4- (3- phenyl-propoxy) -biphenyl-3-yl] -oxalamic acid ethyl ester (120 mg, 0.204 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) was treated with aq 1 N NaOH (0.3 mL, 1.5 equiv., 0.306 mmol) and stirred at room temperature. After stirring 1 h, the solution was acidified to pH < 4 with 10% HCl, concentrated and purified by prep thin layer chromatography (10% methanol in dichloromethane) afforded N- [4 ' - (2-Butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) -4- (3-phenyl-propoxy) - bipheπyl-3-yl]-oxalamic acid (32 mg, 28%) . Rf 0.39 (10% methanol in dichloromethane) , 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz) δ 10.26 (s, 1 H), 8.58 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.43-7.05 (m, 16 H), 4.07 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.95 (s, 2 H), 2.82-2.77 (m, 4 H), 2.13- 1.97 (m, 2 H), 1.67-1.59 (m, 2 H), 1.37-1.24 (m, 2 H), 0.86 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H) .
Example 20. Preparation of 4- [4' - (2-benzylbenzofuran-3- yl)biphen-4-yl] -4-oxobutyric acid Step 1. 5-[2-(4-Bromophenyl)-2~oxoethyl]-2,2-dimethyl- [1,3]dioxane-4r 6-dione
A solution of Meldrum' s acid (5.0 g, 35 mmol) in anhydrous THF (25 mL) was added cautiously to a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (95%, 960 mg, 38 mmol) in anhydrous THF (25 mL) . The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. A solution of 2,4'- dibromoacetophenone (11.6 g, 42 mmol) in anhydrous THF (25 mL) was added dropwise, and the resultant solution was stirred at room temperature for 16-24 hrs (TLC control) . The reaction mixture was poured into water (50 mL) , acidified to pH 2-3 with 0.5N hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL) . The combined extract was washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSC>4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Trituration and filtration from MeOH afforded the title compound as a white solid (6.56 g) .
Step 2. 2-Benzyl-3-[4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]- dioxaborolan-2~yl)phenyl]-benzofuran
A solution of bis- (pinacolato) diboron (2.64 g, 10.41 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (20 mL) was added to a stirred suspension of the known triflate, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid-4- (2-benzylbenzofuran-3 yl)phenyl ester, (4.09 g, 9.47 mmol) and potassium acetate (3.71 g, 37.9 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (2O mL) . [1, 1' -bis- (Diphenylphosphino) - ferrocene] dichloropalladium(II) -DCM complex (770 mg, 0.95 mmol) was added as a solid, and the resulting suspension was heated to 8O0C for 4 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with diethyl ether (150 mL) , washed with water (2 x 50 mL) , brine (3 x 50 mL) , dried over anhydrous MgSC>4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by flash column chromatography, using 10 % ethyl acetate/heptane as eluent, afforded the title compound as a white solid (2.96 g) .
Step 3. 5-{2-[4'- (2-Benzylbenzofuran-3-yl) -biphen-4-yl]-2- oxoethyl}-2,2-dimethyl-[1,3]-dioxane-4, 6~dione
A solution of 2-benzyl-3- [4' - (4, 4, 5, 5-tetramethyl- [1, 3, 2] -dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl] -benzofuran (500 mg, 1.22 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (5 mL) was added to a stirred suspension of 5- [2- (4-bromophenyl) -2-oxoethyl] -2, 2-dimethyl- [1, 3] dioxane-4, 6-dione (436 mg, 1.22 mmol) and tripotassium phosphate (1.04 g, 4.88 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (5 mL) . [1,1'- bis- (Diphenylphosphino) ferrocene] dichloropalladium(II) -DCM complex (100 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added as a solid, and the resulting suspension was heated to 8O0C for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with diethyl ether (150 mL) , washed with water (2 x 50 mL) , brine (3 x 50 mL) , dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by flash column chromatography, using 50-60 % ethyl acetate/heptane as eluent, afforded the title compound as an off-white solid (502 mg) : IH- NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz) : δ 8.12 (2H, d, J = 8 Hz, Ar-H), 7.92 (4H, d, J = 6 Hz, Ar-H), 7.53-7.69 (4H, m, Ar-H), 7.26 (7H, m, Ar-H), 4.82 (IH, s, CH), 4.26 (2H, s, PhCH2), 3.86 (2H, CH2CO), 1.84 (3H, s, Me), 1.74 (3H, s, Me) . Step 4. 4-[4'-(2-benzylbenzofuran-3-yl)biphen-4-yl]-4- oxobutyric acid
2N Hydrochloric acid (1 mL) was added to a stirred solution of 5-{2-[4'- (2-benzyl-benzofuran-3-yl) -biphen-4-yl] -2- oxoethyl}-2,2-dimethyl-[l,3] -dioxane-4, 6-dione (200 mg, 0.36 mmol) in THF (10 mL) , and the resultant solution was heated at 700C for 6 hrs and then cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting solid was redissolved in DMSO (10 mL) , and heated to 1500C for 3 hrs before being cooled to room temperature, and diluted with water (20 mL) , and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL) . The combined extract was washed with water (2 x 10 mL) , brine (3 x 10 mL) , dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by trituration and filtration from MeOH afforded the title compound as a white solid (105 mg,
62%) . Rf: 0.20 (5% methanol in dichloromethane) ; IH-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) : δ 8.10 (2H, d, J = 8 Hz, Ar-H), 7.80 (5H, m, Ar-H), 7.62 (IH, d, J = 8 Hz, Ar-H), 7.48 (IH, d, J = 8Hz, Ar-H), 7.29 (6H, m, Ar-H), 4.26 (2H, s, PhCH2), 3.86 (2H, t, J = 6 Hz) , 2.86 (2H, t, J = 6 Hz); ESI-LCMS e/z calcd for C3IH24O4: 460.527, found 461 (M+H)+.
Example 21. 3- (4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4- ylmethylsulfanyl) -propanoic acid
Figure imgf000107_0001
Step 1.3- (4-bromophenylmethylsulfanyl) -propanoic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000108_0001
A solution of 3-thiolpropanoic acid methyl ester (1.2 g, 10 initiol) and 4-bromobenzyl-bromide (2.5 g, 10 mmol) in DMF (20 rαL) was cooled to 0 0C and treated with Cs2CO3 (3.9 g, 12 mmol) . After stirred for 2 h, the reaction was quenched with 5% HCl (25 mL) and diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) . After seperation, the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with sat. aq NaCl, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (2-5% ethyl acetate in heptane) provided 3- (4-bromophenylmethylsulfanyl) -propanoic acid methyl ester (2.5 g, 87%) as white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3), 7.43 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.20 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 3.68 (s, 5 H), 2.67 (m, 2 H) , 2.56 (t, J = 6 Hz, 2 H) .
Step 2.3- (4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) - propanoic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000108_0002
A solution of 3- (4-bromophenylmethylsulfanyl) -propanoic acid methyl ester (289 mg, 1 mmol), 4- (4- dibenzofuranyl)benzeneboronic acid (302 mg, 1.05 mmol) and Pd(PPh3) 4 (52 mg, 5mol%) in toluene (10 mL) and ethanol (3.0 mL) was treated with 2 M K2CO3 (1.5 mL) . The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h, cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) . The organic layer was washed successively with 2% aq HCl and sat. aq NaCl, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (2-10% ethyl acetate in heptane) gave 3-(4'- dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) -propanoic acid methyl ester (330 mg, 72%) as white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) , 8.01 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.94 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.78 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.66 (m, 4 H), 7.42 (m, 5 H), 3.81 (s, 2 H), 3.71 (s, 3 H), 2.76 (t, J = 6 Hz, 2 H), 2.56 (t, J = 6 Hz, 2 H) . LCMS 475 (M+ + 23) .
Step 3. 3- (4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) propanoic acid
Figure imgf000109_0001
A solution of 3- (4' -dibenzofuran~4-yl~biphen-4- ylmethylsulfanyl) -propanoic acid methyl ester (210 mg, 0.46 mmol) in THF (2 mL) and methanol (2 mL) was cooled to 0 0C and treated with 2 N KOH (1.0 mL) . After stirring at room temperature for 1 h the solution was acidified with 10% HCl to pH 2 and diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) . After being seperated, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (2-5% methanol in dichloromethane) provided 3- (4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) -propanoic acid (180 mg, 90%) as white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3), 8.01 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H) , 7.94 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H) , 7.78 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H) , 7.66 (m, 4 H) , 7.42 (m, 5 H) , 3.82 (s, 2 H) , 3.82 (s, 2 H) , 2.76 (m, 2 H) , 2.56 (t, J = 6 Hz, 2 H) . LCMS 462 (M+ + 23) .
Example 22. 3- (4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4- ylmethylsulfanyl) -2-methylpropanoic acid
3- (4-bromophenylmethylsulfanyl) -2-methylpropanoic acid methyl ester
A solution of 3-bromo-2-methylpropanoic acid methyl ester (0.366 g, 2- mmol) and 4-bromobenzylthiol (0.402 g, 2 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was cooled to 0 0C and treated with K2CO3 (414 g, 3 mmol) . After stirring for 2 h, the reaction was quenched with 5% HCl (15 mL) and diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) . After seperation, the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with sat. aq NaCl, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (5% ethyl acetate in heptane) provided 3- (4-bromophenylmethylsulfanyl) -2-methylpropanoic acid methyl ester (430 mg, 71%) as white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3),
7.43 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.20 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 3.69 (s, 3 H), 3.65 (s, 2 H), 2.67 (m, 2 H), 2.45 (q, J = 6 Hz, 1 H), 1.21 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3 H) .
Step 1. 3- (4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) - 2-methylpropanoic acid methyl ester A solution of 3- (4-bromophenylmethylsulfanyl) -2- methylpropanoic acid methyl ester
(0.427 g, 1 mmol), 4- (4-dibenzofuranyl)benzeneboronic acid (0.302 g, 1.05 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (0.052g, 5 mol%) in toluene (10 mL) and ethanol (3.0 mL) was treated with 2 M K2CO3 (1.5 mL) . The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h, cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) . The organic layer was washed successively with 2% aq HCl and sat. aq NaCl, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (2-10% ethyl acetate in heptane) gave 3- (4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) - propanoic acid methyl ester (312 mg, 67%) as an oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3), 8.01 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.94 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.78 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.66 (m, 4 H), 7.42 (m, 5 H), 3.79 (s, 2 H), 3.71 (s, 3 H), 2.76 (m, 2 H), 2.56 (q, J = 6 Hz, 1 H) . LCMS 480 (M+ + 23) .
Step 2. 3- (4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) -2- methylpropanoic acid
A solution of 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3- (4' - dibenzofuran-4-yl~biphen-4-yl) -propanoic acid methyl ester
(0.28 g, 0.6 iranol) in THF (2 mL) and methanol (2 mL) was cooled to 0 0C and treated with 2 N KOH (1.0 mL) . After stirring at room temperature for 1 h the solution was acidified with 10% HCl to pH 2 and diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) . After being seperated, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (2-5% methanol in dichloromethane) provided 3- (4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) -propanoic acid (245 mg, 91%) as white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3), 8.01 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.94 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.78 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.66 (m, 4 H), 7.42 (m, 5 H), 3.81 (s, 2 H), 2.76 (m, 2 H), 2.56 (q, J = 6 Hz, 1 H) . LCMS 476 (M+ + 23) . Example 23. 3- (4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4- ylmethylsulfanyl) -2, 2-dimethylpropanoic acid
Figure imgf000112_0001
Step 1. 3- (4-bromophenylmethylsulfanyl) -2, 2- dimethylpropanoic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000112_0002
A solution of 3-bromo-2, 2-dimethyllpropanoic acid methyl ester (0.39 g, 2 mmol) and 4-bromobenzylthiol (0.402 g, 2 mmol) in
DMF (5 mL) was cooled to 0 °C and treated with K2CO3 (0.414 g, 3 mmol) . After stirring for 2 h, the reaction was quenched with 5% HCl (15 mL) and diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) . After seperation, the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with sat. aq NaCl, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (5% ethyl acetate in heptane) provided 3- (4-bromophenylmethylsulfanyl) -2, 2-dimethylpropanoic acid methyl ester (260 mg, 35%) as white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3), 7.43 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.18 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 3.69 (s, 5 H) , 2.63 (s, 2 H) , 1.21 (s, 6 H) .
-Ill- Step 2. 3- (4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) - 2- dimethylpropanoic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000113_0001
A solution of 3- (4-bromophenylmethylsulfanyl) -2-methylpropanoic acid methyl ester (0.260 g, 0.82 mmol) , 4-(4- dibenzofuranyl)benzeneboronic acid (0.236 g, 086 mmol) and Pd(PPh3) 4 (0.052g, 5 mol%) in toluene (10 mL) and ethanol (3.0 mL) was treated with 2 M K2CO3 (1.5 mL) . The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h, cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) . The organic layer was washed successively with 2% aq HCl and sat. aq NaCl, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (2-10% ethyl acetate in heptane) gave 3-(4'- dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) -propanoic acid methyl ester (280 mg, 67%) as an oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3), 8.01 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.94 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.78 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.66 (m, 4 H), 7.42 (m, 5 H), 3.79 (s, 2 H), 3.71 (s, 3 H), 2.73 (s, 2 H), 1.27 (s, 6 H) . LCMS 504 (M+ + 23).
Step 3. 3- (4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) - 2- dimethylpropanoic acid
Figure imgf000114_0001
A solution of 2-terfc-butoxycarbonylamino-3- (4' -dibenzofuran-4- yl-biphen-4-yl) -propanoic acid methyl ester (0.125 g, 0.26 mmol) in THF (2 itiL) and methanol (2 mL) was cooled to 0 0C and treated with 2 N KOH (1.0 mL) . After stirring at room temperature for 1 h the solution was acidified with 10% HCl to pH 2 and diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) . After being seperated, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (2-5% methanol in dichloromethane) provided 3- [A' -dibenzofuran~4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) -propanoic acid (80 mg, 67%) as white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3), 8.01 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.94 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.78 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.66 (m, 4 H), 7.42 (m, 5 H), 3.82 (s, 2 H), 2.76 (s, 2 H), 1.32 (s, 6 H) . LCMS 490 (M+ + 23) .
Example 24. 2- (4' ~dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4- ylmethylsulfanyl) -3-methylbutanoic acid
(4-bromophen-yl-4-methylsulfanyl) -3-methylbutanoic acid ethyl ester
A solution of 2-bromo-3-methyllpropanoic acid ethyl ester (0.418 g, 2 mmol) and 4-bromobenzylthiol (0.402 g, 2 mmol) in DMF (5 πiL) was cooled to 0 0C and treated with K2CO3 (0.414 g, 3 mmol) . After stirring for 2 h, the reaction was quenched with 5% HCl (15 inL) and diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) . After seperation, the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with sat. aq NaCl, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (5% ethyl acetate in heptane) provided (4-bromophen-yl-4~methylsulfanyl) -3- methylbutanoic acid ethyl ester (660 mg, 90%) as white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3), 7.43 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.18 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 4.17 (q, J = 6 Hz, 2 H), 3.75 (s, 2 H), 2.85 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 2.04 (m, 1 H), 1.29 (t, J = 6 Hz, 3 H), 1.02 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3 H), 0.98 (d. J = 6 Hz, 3 H) .
Step 1. 2- (4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) -3- methylbutanoic acid methyl ester
A solution of (4-bromophen-yl~4-methylsulfanyl) -3- methylbutanoic acid methyl ester (0.331 g, 1 mmol), 4- (4- dibenzofuranyl)benzeneboronic acid (0.305 g, 1.05 rnmol) and Pd(PPh3) 4 (0.052 g, 5%mol) in toluene (10 mL) and ethanol (3.0 mL) was treated with 2 M K2CO3 (1.5 mL) . The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h, cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) . The organic layer was washed successively with 2% aq HCl and sat. aq NaCl, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (2-10% ethyl acetate in heptane) gave 2-(4'- dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) -3-methylbutanoic acid methyl ester (336 mg, 70%) as an oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3), 8.01 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.94 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.78 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.66 (m, 4 H), 7.42 (m, 5 H), 4.17 (q, J = 6 Hz, 2 H), 3.85 (s, 2 H), 2.95 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 2.04 (m, 1 H), 1.29 (t, J = 6 Hz, 3 H), 1.05 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3 H), 0.99 (d. J = 6 Hz, 3 H) . LCMS 517 (M+ + 23) . Step 2.2- (4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) -3- methylbutanoic acid
A solution of 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3- (4' -dibenzofuran-4- yl-biphen-4-yl) -propanoic acid methyl ester (0.28 g, 0.566 mmol) in THF (2 mL) and methanol (2 mL) was cooled to 0 0C and treated with 2 N KOH (1.0 mL) . After stirring at room temperature for 1 h the solution was acidified with 10% HCl to pH 2 and diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) . After being seperated, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate
(3 x 15 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (2-5% methanol in dichloromethane) provided 2-
(4' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) -3- methylbutanoic acid (195 mg, 74%) as white solid. 0.195g
(yield 73.8 %) . 1H NMR (CDCl3), 8.01 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.94
(d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.78 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2 H), 7.66 (m, 4 H), 7.42 (m, 5 H) , 3.85 (s, 2 H) , 2.95 (d,- J = 9 Hz, 1 H) , 2.12 (m, 1 H), 1.05 (t, J = 6 Hz, 6 H) . LCMS 489 (M+ + 23) .
The following compounds are prepared essentially according to the procedures described in the schemes, charts, examples and preparations set forth herein.
Example 25. N- [3-Benzyloxy-4 ' - (2-butyl~benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) - biphenyl-4-yl] -oxalamic acid.
Rf 0.19 (10% methanol in dichloromethane), 1H NMR (DMSO- d6, 300 MHz) δ 9.78 (s, 1 H), 8.31 (s, 1 H), 7.48-7.08 (m, 16
H), 5.25 (s, 2 H), 4.01 (s, 2 H), 2.83 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 1.68-1.58 (m 2 H), 1.37-1.27 (m, 2 H), 0.87 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3
H) ; ESI-LCMS m/z calcd for C34H31NO5 : 533 ; found 532 (M - I ) + . Example 26. N- [3-Benzyloxy-4'- (2-butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) - biphenyl-4-yl] -malonamic acid.
Rf 0.32 (10% methanol in dichloromethane) , 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 8.54 (s, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 7.48-7.01 (m, 16 H), 5.16 (s, 1 H), 4.02 (s, 1 H), 3.47 (s, 1 H), 1.77-1.67 (m, 2
H), 1.45-1.33 (m, 2 H), 0.93 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H); ESI-LCMS m/z calcd for C35H33NO5: 547; found 548 (M + I)+.
Example 27. N- [4-Benzyloxy-4 ' - (2-butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) - biphenyl-3-yl] -malonamic acid.
Rf 0.34 (10% methanol in dichloromethane), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 8.54 (s, 1 H), 8.34 (s, 1 H), 7.48-7.01 (m, 16 H), 5.16 (s, 2 H), 4.02 (s, 2 H), 3.50 (s, 2 H), 2.79 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 1.75-1.67 (m, 2 H), 1.45-1.37 (m, 2 H), 0.93 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 3 H); ESI-LCMS m/z calcd for C35H33NO5: 547; found 548 (M + D+.
Example 28. N- [4 ' - (2-Butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) -3-hydroxy- biphenyl-4-yl] -malonamic acid. Rf 0.53 (20% methanol in dichloromethane), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 9.22 (br s, 1 H), 7.87 (br s, 1 H) 7.40-6.99 (m, 11 H), 3.95 (s, 2 H), 3.56 (s, 2 H), 2.72 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 1.68-1.49 (m, 2 H), 1.36-1.28 (m, 2 H), 0.86 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 3 H); ESI-LCMS m/z calcd for C28^NO5: 457; found 458 (M + I)+.
Example 29. N- [4'- (2-Butyl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl) -4-hydroxy- biphenyl-3-yl] -malonamic acid.
Figure imgf000117_0001
Rf 0.53 (20% methanol in dichloromethane) , 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 9.22 (br s, 1 H), 7.39-6.99 (m, 11 H), 3.95 (s, 2 H), 3.56 (s, 2 H), 2.72 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 1.68-1.49 (in, 2 H), 1.36-1.28 (m, 2 H), 0.86 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 3 H); ESI-LCMS m/z calcd for C28H27NO5: 457; found 458 (M + I)+.
Example 30. [4 '- (2-Benzyl-benzofuran-3-yl) -3-fluσro.-biphenyl- 4-sulfonylamino] -acetic acid
Isolated as a white solid. Rf 0.42 (20% Methanol-80% Methylene Chloride); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 8.35 (br. s, IH), 7.95- 7.54 (m, 9H), 7.31-7.21 (m, 6H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 2H) ; LCMS m/z calcd for C29H22FNO5 S : 515.5 found 516.3 (M+l) .
Example 31. { [4 ' - (2-Benzyl-benzofuran-3-yl) -3-fluoro-biphenyl- 4-sulfonyl] -methyl-amino}-acetic acid
Figure imgf000118_0001
Isolated as an off-white solid . Rf 0.32 (10% Methanol-90% Methylene Chloride); 1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.98-7.24 (m, 15H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 4.21 (s, 2H), 3.04 (s, 3H); LCMS m/z calcd for C30H24FNO5 S : 529.57 found 530.3 (M+l) .
Example 32. [ [4 ' - (2-Benzyl-benzofuran-3-yl) -biphenyl-4- sulfonyl] - (3-nitro-benzyl) -amino] -acetic acid
Isolated as a beige solid. Rf 0.50 (10% Methanol-90% Methylene Chloride ); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 8.10-7.00 (m, 21H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 3.64 (s, 2H) . Example 33 . [ [ 4 ' - ( 2-Benzyl-benzofuran-3-yl ) -biphenyl-4- sulfonyl] - ( 3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl ) -amino] -acetic acid
Figure imgf000119_0001
Isolated as a white foam. , Rf 0.61 (50% Ethyl Acetate-50° Heptane ); 1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.94 (d, J= 7.5Hz, 2H), 7.75-7.02 (m, 19H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.23 (s, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H) .
Example 34. [ [4 ' - (2-Benzyl-benzofuran-3-yl) -biphenyl-4- sulfonyl] - (3-methoxy-benzyl) -amino] -acetic acid
Isolated as a white foam. Rf 0.62 (20% Methanol-80% Ethyl Acetate); 1H NMR (DMSO-d5) 8.00-7.87 (m, 6H), 7.70-7.55 (4H), 7.36-7.17 (7H), 6.81-6.71 (m, 4H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.58 (s, 2H) .
Example 35. [ [4 ' - (2-Benzyl-benzofuran-3-yl) -biphenyl-4- sulfonyl] - (3-fluoro-benzyl) -amino] -acetic acid Isolated as an off-white solid. Rf 0.38 (10% Methanol-90% Methylene Chloride); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 7.92-7.90 (m, 6H), 7.70- 7.56 (m, 4H), 7.35-7.23 (m, 8H), 7.07 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 3H), 4.52 (s, 2H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 2H) .
Example 36. [ [4 ' - (2-Benzyl-benzofuran~3-yl) -biphenyl-4- sulfonyl] - (3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl) -amino] -acetic acid Isolated as an off-white solid. Rf 0.43 (10% Methanol-90% Methylene Chloride); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 7.94-7.90 (m, 6H), 7.71- 7.57 (m, 8H), 7.35-7.26 (m, 7H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 3.88 (s, 2H) .
Example 37. 2- [ [4 '- (2-Benzyl-benzofuran-3-yl) -biphenyl-4- sulfonyl] - (3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl) -amino] -4-methyl-pentanoic acid
Figure imgf000120_0001
Isolated as white foam. Rf 0.31 (10% Methanol-90% Methylene Chloride); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 7.96-7.88 (m, 6H), 7.78- 7.57 (m, 8H), 7.34-7.23 (m, 7H), 4.85 (d, J=17.1 Hz, IH), 4.53 (d, J=16.8 Hz, IH), 4.47-4.42 (m, IH), 4.29 (s, 2H), 1.43-1.24 (m, 3H), 0.83 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H), 0.46 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 3H) .
Example 38. 2- [ [4 ' - (2-Benzyl-benzofuran~3-yl) -biphenyl-4- sulfonyl] - (3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl) -amino] -butyric acid Isolated as a white foam. Rf 0.37 (10% Methanol-90% Methylene Chloride); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 7.93-7.85 (m, 6H), 7.74- 7.54 (m, 7H), 7.34-7.23 (m, 7H), 4.76 (d, J=17.1 Hz, IH), 4.53 (d, J=16.8 Hz, IH), 4.34 (m, IH), 4.32 (s, 2H), 1.78 (m, IH), 1.47 (m, IH), 0.75 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H) . Example 39. [ (4 ' -Dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphenyl-4-sulf onyl) - (3- trif luoromethyl-benzyl) -amino] -acetic acid
Figure imgf000121_0001
Isolated as a white foam. Rf 0.24 (10% Methanol-90% Methylene Chloride) ; 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 12.8 (br s, IH) , 8.29 (s, IH) , 8.21-7.40 (m, 18H) , 4.57 (s, 2 H) , 3.99 (s, 2H) ; LCMS m/z calcd for C34H24F3NO5 S : 615.6 found 616.3 (M+l) .
Example 40. 2- [ [4 ' - (2-Benzyl-benzofuran-3-yl) -biphenyl-4- sulfonyl] - (3-trif luoromethyl-benzyl) -amino] -propionic acid
Isolated as a white foam. Rf 0.24 (10% Methanol-90% Methylene » Chloride ) ; 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 7.01-6.91 (m, 6H) , 6.79- 8.71 (m, 8H) , 6.41-6.31 (m, 7H) , 4.00 (s, 2H) , 3.94-3.83 (m, 2H) , 3.69 (d, J= 16.8 Hz, IH) , 0.46 (d, J= 7.5Hz, 3H) ; LCMS m/z calcd for C38H30F3NO5 S : 669.7 found 670.3 (M+l) .
Example 41. [ (2-Phenoxy-[1,1';4',1'']terphenyl-4? I-sulfonyl) (3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-amino]-acetic acid
Figure imgf000121_0002
Isolated as a white foam. Rf 0.22 (10% Methanol-90% Methylene Chloride); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6 with TFA) 7.77-7.83 (m, 21H) , 4.43 (s, 2H) , 3.86 (s, 2H) ; LCMS m/z calcd for C34H26F3NO5 S : 617.6 found 618.3 (M+l) .
Example 42. [ (4-Propyl- [1, 1' ;4 ' , 1' ' ]terphenyl-4 ' ' -sulfonyl) - (3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl) -amino] -acetic acid
Isolated as a white foam. Rf 0.30 (10% Methanol-90% Methylene Chloride); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 7.93 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 2H) , 7.76-7.63 (m, 6H), 7.55 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.49-7.41 (m, 4H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 2H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 3.98 (s, 2H), 2.66 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 0.99 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 3H); LCMS m/z calcd for C3IH28F3NO4 S : 567.62 found 566.3 (M+l) .
Example 43. [ (4 '-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphenyl-4-sulfonyl) - (3- fluoro-benzyl) -amino] -acetic acid
Figure imgf000122_0001
Isolated as an off-white solid. Rf 0.48 (20% Methanol-80% Methylene Chloride); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 12.80 (br s, IH), 8.19- 7.09 (m, 19H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 2H) . Example 44. 2- (3' -Dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-3- ylmethylsulfanyl) -propionic acid.
Figure imgf000122_0002
Step 1. 4- (3-Bromophenyl) -dibenzofuran
Figure imgf000123_0001
A solution of dibenzofuran-4-boronic acid (1.0 g, 4.7 mmol) in ethanol (10 rtiL) was added to a stirred solution of 1- bromo-3-iodobenzene (1.33 g, 4.7 mmol) and tetrakis-
(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (271 mg, 5 mol%) in toluene (40 mL) . 2N sodium carbonate (4.7 mL, 9.4 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated to 9O0C (oil bath temp.) for 2-3 hrs until complete (TLC control) . The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and diethyl ether. The phases were separated, the aqueous phase being further extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 20 mL) . The combined extract was washed with water and brine. The ethereal solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield 4- (3-bromophenyl) -dibenzofuran as a yellow solid. Trituration of the solid with methanol, followed by vacuum filtration (with methanol washes), yields the title compound, 4- (3-bromophenyl) - dibenzofuran, as a pale yellow solid (1.32 g, 87%) .
Step 2. Methyl-3-dibenzofuran-4-ylbiphen-3-yl-carboxylate
Figure imgf000123_0002
A solution of 3-methoxycarbonyl-phenylboronic acid (0.62 g, 3.' mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was added to a stirred solution of 4- (3-bromophenyl) -dibenzofuran (1.0 g, 3.1 mmol) in toluene (40 itiL) . tetrakis- (Triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (180 mg, 5 mol%) and 2N sodium carbonate (3.1 mL, 6.2 mmol) were added and the reaction was heated to 9O0C (oil bath temp.) for 2-3 hrs until complete (TLC control) . The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The phases were separated, the aqueous phase being further extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL) . The combined extract was washed with 0.5 N hydrochloric acid, water and brine and then dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by flash column chromatography, using 10-20% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent, afforded the title compound; methyl-3-dibenzofuran-4- ylbiphen-3-yl-carboxylate has a white solid (1.10 g, 94%) .
Step 3. (3' -Dibenzofuran~4-ylbiphen-3-yl)methanol
Figure imgf000124_0001
Lithium aluminium hydride (3.5 mL, 1.0 M solution in THF, 3.5 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of ester (prepared in the previous step) (900 mg, 2.38 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature (TLC control) , and then cooled to 00C, and quenched with water (0.15 mL) , 2N sodium hydroxide (0.15 mL) and water (0.45 mL) . The reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether (30 mL) and then filtered through celite. The ethereal solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo, affording the title compound; (3' -dibenzofuran-4-ylbiphen-3-yl)methanol, as a white solid (820 mg, 98%), that did not require further purification.
Step 4. 4- (3' -Bromomethyl-biphen-3-yl) -dibenzofuran
Figure imgf000125_0001
Dibromotriphenylphosphorane (630 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of alcohol; (3' -dibenzofuran-4-ylbiphen-3- yl)methanol (260 mg, 0.75 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) . The reaction mixture was stirred for 60 minutes at room temperature (TLC control) , and then diluted with diethyl ether (30 mL) and washed with water (2x) and brine. The ethereal solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by flash column chromatography, using 10-20% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent, afforded the title compound; 4- (3' -bromomethyl-biphen- 3-yl) -dibenzofuran, as a colorless oil (266 mg, 86%) .
Step 5. Methyl-2- (3' -dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-3~ ylmethylsulfanyl) -propionate.
Figure imgf000125_0002
Ethyl-2-mercaptopropionate (31 mg, 0.29 mmol) was added to a stirred suspension of 4- (3' -bromomethyl-biphen-3-yl) - dibenzofuran (100 mg, 0.24 mmol) and cesium carbonate (198 mg, 0.6 mmol) in 5ml DMF. diluted with diethyl ether (30 πiL) and washed with water (2x) and brine (3x) . The ethereal solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by flash column chromatography, using 30 % ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent, afforded the title compound; methyl-2- (3' -dibenzofuran-4-yl- biphen-3-ylmethylsulfanyl) -propionate, as a colorless oil (105 mg, 94) .
Step 6. 2- (3' -Dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-3-ylmethylsulfanyl) - propionic acid.
Figure imgf000126_0001
2N Sodium hydroxide solution (0.33 rtiL, 0.66 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of methyl-2- (3' -dibenzofuran-4- yl-biphen-3-ylmethylsulfanyl) -propionate (100 mg, 0.22 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 inL) and methanol (1 mL) . The clear reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature until the reaction was complete (TLC control) , and then diluted with water (5 mL) , and acidified to pH 3 with 2N hydrochloric acid. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL) . The combined extract was washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSOo filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the product by flash column chromatography, using 5 - 10% methanol in methylene chloride as eluent, afforded the title compound has a white solid (86 mg, 89%); Rf: 0.40 (10% methanol in dichloromethane) ; IH NMR (DMSO-dβ) : D.8.19 (2H, m, Ar-H), 8.02 (2H, d, J = 9 Hz, Ar-H), 7.86 (2H, d, J = 9 Hz, Ar-H), 7.75 (4H, m, Ar-H), 7.29 - 7.41 (5H, m, Ar- H), 3.96 (2H, s, PhCH2S), 3.36 (IH, q, J = 7 Hz, SCHMe), 1.36 (3H, d, J = 7 Hz, CHMe); ESI-LCMS e/z calcd for C28H22O3S 438.54, found 439 (M+H)+.
Example 45
The following compounds are prepared essentially according to the procedures described in the above schemes and examples.
Figure imgf000127_0001
Example 46
The following compounds are prepared essentially according the procedures described in the above schemes and examples.
Figure imgf000128_0001
A. B.
Figure imgf000128_0002
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000146_0001
Additional compounds of formula I, which can be prepared essentially according to the methods and procedures set forth above, include the following.
Figure imgf000146_0002
Figure imgf000146_0003
BIOLOGY EXAMPLES
Example 1. Method for measuring PTP-IB activity
The test compounds are evaluated for their in vitro inhibitory activity against recombinant human PTPlB with phosphotyrosyl dodecapeptide TRDI(P)YETD(P)Y(P)YRK. This corresponds to the 1142-1153 insulin receptor kinase regulatory domain, phosphorylated on the 1146, 1150 and 1151 tyrosine residues; IR-triphosphopeptide as a source of substrate. Enzyme reaction progression is monitored via the release of inorganic phosphate as detected by the malachite green - ammonium molybdate method for the phosphopeptide.
Preferred compounds of the invention exhibit IC50 values of less than 10 μM; more preferred compounds of the invention exhibit IC50 values of less than 1 μM. Particularly preferred compounds exhibit IC50 values of less than 300 nM.
The invention and the manner and process of making and using it, are now described in such full, clear, concise and exact terms as to enable any person skilled in the art to which it pertains, to make and use the same. It is to be understood that the foregoing describes preferred embodiments of the invention and that modifications may be made therein without departing from the spirit or scope of the invention as set forth in the claims. To particularly point out and distinctly claim the subject matter regarded as invention, the following claims conclude this specification.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000148_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Ri is H, Ci-C6 alkyl, phenyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, or C2-C6 alkenyl; L2 is a bond or -C(O)NRi0-, -N(Ri0)C(O)-, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-
N(Ri0)C(O)-, -C (O)N (R10) -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N(Ri0)C(O) -(C1- C4) alkyl-, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-C (0)N (R10) -, -0- (C1-C6) alkyl-, -CO-
, -SO2-, or - (C1-C6) alkyl-O-; L3 is absent, a bond, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-O-, -0- (C1-C4) alkyl, -(C1-C4) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, -phenyl-;
L5 is a bond, -O- (Ci-C6) alkyl-, - (Ci-C6) alkyl-O-, -C(O)N(Rg)-(C1- C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)C(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(C1-C4) alkyl-
C(O)N(Rg)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(C1-C4) alkyl-N (R9) C (0) - (C1-C4) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(C1-C6) alkyl-, -N(Rg)-(Cx-C6) alkyl- wherein - (C1-C6) alkyl- is optionally substituted with phenyl, - (C1-C4) alkyl-N (R9) -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -SO2N(R9)-, -SO2N(R9)- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N (R9) SO2- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, -N(R9)SO2-, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, -N(R9)C(O)-, -C(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -S-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, - (Ci-C6) alkyl-S-, or -(Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more Ri1 groups, R9 and Ri0 are independently H, C1-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, -Sθ2~aryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Cx-C4 alkyl, Cx-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, N(Cx- C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; Ru at each occurrence is independently N12Ri3, -
N(Ri2)C(O)Ri3, N(Ri2)CO2Ri3, or -C(O)NR12Ri3, wherein Rx2 and Ri3 are independently H or Ci-C6 alkyl,
R20/ R21Λ R22r and R23 are independently selected from H, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, halogen, alkyl, OH, alkoxy, NO2, NH2, CN, NH(C1-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, NH-aryl, NHC(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-aryl, N(Cx-C4 alkyl) C(0) - (Ci-C4) alkyl- aryl, N(Ci-C4) alkyl-aryl, -NHS02-aryl, -N(Ci-
C4alkyl) S02aryl, wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy; the A ring is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Cx-C6) alkyl, or N (Cx-C6) alkyl (Cx-C6) alkyl; Q is H, aryl, -aryl-carbonyl-aryl, -aryl-0-aryl, -aryl-alkyl- aryl, -aryl-heteroaryl, -aryl-heterocycloalkyl, -heteroaryl, -heteroaryl-alkyl-aryl, or -heterocycloalkyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Cx-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, phenyl, phenyl- (Cx- C6) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently H, Cx-C6 alkyl, aryl (Cx-C6) alkyl, C2- C6 alkanoyl, aryl C2-C6 alkanoyl, Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)NH (Cx-C6) alkyl, - C(O)N(C1-C6) alkyl (Cx-C6) alkyl, or -S02-aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, Ci-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, NO2, OH, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, N (C1-C6) alkyl (Ci- C6) alkyl, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; and Z is absent, H, -NHC(O)aryl, -N(Cx-C4 alkyl) C (0) aryl, or aryl (phenyl) , wherein the aryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Cx-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, or NO2, or Z is -NHC(O)- (Ci-C4) alkyl- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -N (Ci-C4) alkylC (0) - (Ci-C4) alkyl- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl.
2. A compound according to claim 1, of the formula:
Figure imgf000150_0001
R2S is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantany1, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; R2g is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R2s and R29 is hydrogen or Ci-C6 alkyl;
R20 and R2i are independently hydrogen or halogen;
L5 is -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) -(Cx-C4) alkyl-, -(C2-C6) alkenyl-, or
-(Ci-C4) alkyl-S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or two Rn groups,
Rg is H, Cx-C6 alkyl , Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl ;
Rn at each occurrence is independently N12Ri3, -
N (Ri2) C (O) Ri3 , N (R12) CO2Ri3, or -C (O) NRi2R13, wherein Ri2 and R13 are independently H or Ci-C6 alkyl , each Rio is independently H, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl , C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2 , NH2 , NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl; and n is 0 , 1 , or . 2 .
3 . A compound according f tc 3 claim 2 , of the formula :
Figure imgf000151_0001
R27 is Ci-C6 alkoxy; R28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two Ci-C3 alkoxy or Ci-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy;
R2g is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Cx-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two Ci-C3 alkoxy or Ci-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R2s and R29 is hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl; R20 and R2i are independently hydrogen or halogen;
R30 and R31 are independently hydrogen or Cx-C2 alkyl; each Rio is independently H, halogen, Ci-C4 alkyl, Ci-C4 alkoxy, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Ci-C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
4. A compound according to claim 2, of the formula:
Figure imgf000152_0001
R27 is Ci-C6 alkoxy;
R28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C1-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or Ci-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; R29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Cx-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or Ci-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen or Cx-C6 alkyl;
R20 and R2I are independently hydrogen or halogen; R30 and R31 are independently hydrogen or Cx-C2 alkyl; each Rio is independently H, halogen, Cx-C4 alkyl, Cx-C4 alkoxy, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Cx-C6) alkyl, or N (Cx-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
5. A compound according to claim 2, of the formula:
Figure imgf000153_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein
R27 is C1-C6 alkoxy;
R28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantany1, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C1-C4 alkyI1. (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or Ci-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; R2g is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or Ci-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R28 and R2g is hydrogen or Ci-C6 alkyl;
R20 and R21 are independently hydrogen or halogen; R30 and R31 are independently hydrogen or Ci-C2 alkyl; each Rio is independently H, halogen, Cx-C4 alkyl, Cx-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (C1-C6) alkyl, or N (C1-C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
6. A compound according to claim 2, of the formula:
Figure imgf000153_0002
R27 is C1-C6 alkoxy; R2B is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two Ci-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy;
R29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two Cx-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen or Ci-C6 alkyl;
R20 and R21 are independently hydrogen or halogen;
R30 and R31 are independently hydrogen or Ci-C2 alkyl; each Rio is independently H, halogen, Ci-C4 alkyl, Cx-C4 alkoxy, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (Ci-C6) alkyl, or N (Cx-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
7. A compound according to claim 2, of the formula:
Figure imgf000154_0001
p is 0 or 1;
R28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two Ci-C3 alkoxy or C3.-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; R29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) Ci-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two Ci-C3 alkoxy or Cx-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl;
R20 and R21 are independently hydrogen or halogen; R30 and R31 are independently hydrogen or Ci-C2 alkyl; each Rio is independently H, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
Ci-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (C1-C6) alkyl, or N (C1-C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
8. A compound according to claim 2, of the formula:
Figure imgf000155_0001
p is 0 or 1;
R28 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C1-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; R29 is (i) hydrogen, (ii) halogen, (iii) adamantanyl, (iv) dibenzofuranyl, (v) C1-C4 alkyl, (vi) dibenzothiophenyl, or (vii) phenyl substituted with one or two C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C2 acyl, or with one phenoxy; provided that at least one of R28 and R29 is hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl;
R2o and R21 are independently hydrogen or halogen; R30 and R31 are independently hydrogen or C1-C2 alkyl; each R10 is independently H, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH (C1-C6) alkyl, or N (C1-C6) alkyl (C1-C6) alkyl; and n is 0, 1, or 2.
9. A compound according to claim 1, selected from the group consisting of:
4-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-5- (4 ' -dibenzofuran-4-yl- biphenyl-4-yl) -pent-2-enoic acid;
3- (4 ' -Dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphenyl-4-yl) -acrylic acid; 3- (3' -Dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphenyl-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) - propionic acid; and
(3 ' -Dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphenyl-3-ylmethylsulfanyl) -acetic acid.
10. A method for preparing a compound of formula I
Figure imgf000156_0001
I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
L5 is -0- (Ci-C6) alkyl-, - (C1-C6) alkyl-O-, -N (R9) - (Ci-C6) alkyl-, -N (R9) - (Ci-C6) alkyl- wherein -(Ci-C6) alkyl- is optionally substituted with phenyl, -(Ci-C4) alkyl-N (R9) - (C1-C4) alkyl- , -S- (Ci-C4) alkyl-, - (Cx-C6) alkyl-S-, or - (C1-C4) alkyl-S- (C1-C4) alkyl-, wherein each alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more R11 groups, R9 is H, C1-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, -Sθ2~aryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently Ci-C4 alkyl,
Ci-C4 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, N(Ci-C5) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; Rn at each occurrence is independently N12R13, -N (R12) C (0) R13, N(Ri2) CO2R13, or -C(O)NRi2Ri3, wherein Ri2 and Ri3 are independently H or Cx-C6 alkyl; and A, Z, L2, L3, Q, R1, R20, R21, R22, and R23 are as defined in claim 1; comprising: treating a compound of formula
Figure imgf000157_0001
wherein R is (CH2)n0H, (CH2)nSH, or (CH2)nNH2, n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, with a base and a compound of formula
Figure imgf000157_0002
wherein X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO2R',
R' is methyl, para-methylphenyl, or CF3, and m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, to provide a compound of formula (I) .
11. A compound of formula (XXI)
Figure imgf000157_0003
(XXI), wherein R is (CH2)nOH, (CH2) nSH, (CH2) nNH2, (CH2) nCHO, or CH2) n-X; X is Cl, Br, I, or OSO2R'; R' is methyl, para-methylphenyl, or CF3; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; L2 is a bond or -C(O)NR10-, -N(R10)C(O)-,
- (C1-C4) alkyl-N (R10) C(O)-, -C (0) N (R10) - (C1-C4) alkyl-, -N(R10)C(O) -(C1-C4) alkyl-, - (C1-C4) alkyl-C (0) N (R10) -, -0- (C1-C6) alkyl-, -CO-, -SO2-, or - (C1-C6) alkyl-O-; L3 is absent, a bond, - (Ci-C4) alkyl-O-, -0- (Ci-C4) alkyl,
-(Ci-C4) alkyl-, -alkenyl-, or -phenyl-; the A ring is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 groups that are independently, halogen, Cx-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, Cx-C4 haloalkoxy, NO2, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, or N(Cx-C6) alkyl (Cx-C6) alkyl; R20, R21, R22, and R23 are independently selected from H, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, halogen, alkyl, OH, alkoxy, NO2, NH2, CN, NH (Cx-C6) alkyl, N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, NH-aryl, NHC(O)-(Ci-C4) alkyl-aryl, N (Ci-C4 alkyl) C (0) - (Ci-C4) alkyl-aryl, N (Ci-C4) alkyl-aryl, -NHSO2-aryl, or -N(Cx- C4alkyl) Sθ2aryl, wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C6 alkyl, Cx-C5 alkoxy, halogen, OH, NO2, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy;
Q is H, aryl, -aryl-carbonyl-aryl, -aryl-0-aryl, -aryl-alkyl- aryl, -aryl-heteroaryl, -aryl-heterocycloalkyl, -heteroaryl, -heteroaryl-alkyl-aryl, or -heterocycloalkyl, wherein the aforementioned cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Cx-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, phenyl, phenyl- (Cx- C6) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein R6 and R7 are independently H, Cx-C6 alkyl, aryl (Ci-C6) alkyl, C2- C6 alkanoyl, aryl C2-C6 alkanoyl, Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C (O)NH (Cx-C6) alkyl, - C (O)N(Cx-C6) alkyl (Cx-C6) alkyl, or -S02-aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, Cx-C4 alkyl, Cx-C4 alkoxy, NO2, OH, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, N (Cx-C6) alkyl (Cx- C6) alkyl, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; and Z is absent, H, -NHC (O) aryl, -N(Ci-C4 alkyl) C (O) aryl, or aryl (phenyl) , wherein the aryl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, or NO2; or
Z is -NHC (O)- (Ci-C4) alkyl- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, or -N (Ci-C4) alkylC (0) - (C1-C4) alkyl- (C3-C7) cycloalkyl.
12. A compound according to claim 11, wherein L2 is a bond;
L3 is a bond, ; the A ring is phenyl;
R20, R21, R22Λ and R23 are H;
Q is -heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkyl, Cx-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, phenyl, phenyl- (Ci-C6) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently H, Cx-C6 alkyl, aryl (Ci-C6) alkyl, C2-
C6 alkanoyl, aryl C2-C6 alkanoyl, Cx-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, aryl Ci-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, -C(O)NH2, -C (0)NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, - C (O)N (Ci-C6) alkyl (Ci-C6) alkyl, or -S02-aryl, wherein the cyclic groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 groups that are independently halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, NO2, OH, NH2, NH(Ci-C6) alkyl, N (C1-C6) alkyl (C1- C6) alkyl, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy; and
Z is H.
13. In A compound according to claim 11 wherein
L2 is a bond;
L3 is a bond, ; the A ring is phenyl; R20, R2i, R22, and R23 are H;
Q is dibenzofuranyl, benzofuranyl, or indolyl, wherein each is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 groups that are independently alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, NR6R7, phenyl, phenyl- (Ci-C6) alkyl-, or phenyloxy-; wherein
R6 and R7 are independently H or Cx-C6 alkyl; and
Z is H.
14. A method of treating syndrome X, obesity, diabetes, immunological disease, bleeding disorders or cancer comprising administering a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of a compound of claim 1 to a patient in need of such treatment.
15. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1 and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable solvent, carrier, adjuvant or excipient.
16. Use of a compound or salt of formula I for the manufacture of a medicament for treating diabetes in a patient in need of such treatment.
17. Use of a compound or salt of formula I for the manufacture of a medicament for treating syndrome X, obesity, immunological disease, bleeding disorders or cancer in a patient in need of such treatment.
18. Use of a compound or a salt of formula I for the manufacture of a medicament for inhibiting PTP-IB in a patient in need thereof.
19. Use of a pharmaceutical composition for the manufacture of a medicament wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises a compound of formaula I and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable solvent, carrier, adjuvant or excipient.
20. A compound according to claim 1 which is 2-(3f- Dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphen-3-ylmethylsulfanyl) -propionic acid.
21. A compound according to claim 1 which is 4-tert- Butoxycarbonylamino-5- (4 '-dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphenyl-4-yl) - pent-2-enoic acid.
22. A compound according to claim 1 which is 3-(4'- Dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphenyl-4-yl) -acrylic acid.
23. A compound according to claim 1 which is 3-(3'~ Dibenzofuran-4-yl-biphenyl-4-ylmethylsulfanyl) -propionic acid.
24. A compound according to claim 1 which is (3' -Dibenzofuran- 4-yl-biphenyl-3-ylmethylsulfanyl) -acetic acid.
25. A compound according to claim 1 which has Formula A or B:
Figure imgf000161_0001
where the substituents Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, and X are defined in the table below
Figure imgf000161_0002
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
041511
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
or 041511
Figure imgf000179_0001
PCT/US2005/041511 2004-11-18 2005-11-17 Heterocyclylbiphenyl derivates as protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors WO2006055625A2 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2005307818A AU2005307818A1 (en) 2004-11-18 2005-11-17 Heterocyclylbiphenyl derivates as protein Tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors
CA002587566A CA2587566A1 (en) 2004-11-18 2005-11-17 Heterocyclylbiphenyl derivates as protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors
JP2007543198A JP2008520683A (en) 2004-11-18 2005-11-17 Heterocyclylbiphenyl derivatives as protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors
EP05849533A EP1836182A2 (en) 2004-11-18 2005-11-17 Heterocyclylbiphenyl derivates as protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US62893004P 2004-11-18 2004-11-18
US60/628,930 2004-11-18

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006055625A2 true WO2006055625A2 (en) 2006-05-26
WO2006055625A3 WO2006055625A3 (en) 2006-11-30

Family

ID=36101447

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2005/041511 WO2006055625A2 (en) 2004-11-18 2005-11-17 Heterocyclylbiphenyl derivates as protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US7465825B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1836182A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2008520683A (en)
AU (1) AU2005307818A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2587566A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2006055625A2 (en)

Cited By (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008033931A1 (en) * 2006-09-13 2008-03-20 The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc Para-xylylene carboxylic acids and isothiazolones useful as protein tyrosine phosphatases (ptps) in particular ptp-ib
WO2008033455A2 (en) * 2006-09-13 2008-03-20 The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc Biphenyl and heteroaryl phenyl derivatives as protein tyrosine phosphatases inhibitors
US7504401B2 (en) 2003-08-29 2009-03-17 Locus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-cancer agents and uses thereof
WO2010043000A1 (en) * 2008-10-17 2010-04-22 Akaal Pharma Pty Ltd S1p receptors modulators and their use thereof
JP2010524932A (en) * 2007-04-16 2010-07-22 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド Substituted biphenylphenoxy-, thiophenyl- and aminophenylpropanoic acid GPR40 modulators
WO2011051165A1 (en) 2009-10-28 2011-05-05 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted 3-phenylpropionic acids and the use thereof
WO2011098433A1 (en) * 2010-02-15 2011-08-18 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Cyclic keto-enols for therapy
WO2012139888A1 (en) 2011-04-13 2012-10-18 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Branched 3-phenylpropionic acid derivatives and the use thereof
US8389553B2 (en) 2007-06-27 2013-03-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 4-carboxybenzylamino derivatives as histone deacetylase inhibitors
US8415345B2 (en) 2008-05-06 2013-04-09 Glaxo SmithKline LLC Benzene sulfonamide thiazole and oxazole compounds
US8461189B2 (en) 2007-06-27 2013-06-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Pyridyl derivatives as histone deacetylase inhibitors
WO2015150350A1 (en) 2014-04-03 2015-10-08 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft 2,5-disubstituted cyclopentane carboxylic acids for the treatment of respiratoy tract diseases
WO2015150362A2 (en) 2014-04-03 2015-10-08 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Chiral 2,5-disubstituted cyclopentanecarboxylic acid derivatives and use thereof
WO2015150363A1 (en) 2014-04-03 2015-10-08 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft 2,5-disubstituted cyclopentane carboxylic acids and use thereof
US9155727B2 (en) 2013-05-28 2015-10-13 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
US9181182B2 (en) 2008-10-17 2015-11-10 Akaal Pharma Pty Ltd S1P receptors modulators
US9309198B2 (en) 2012-05-22 2016-04-12 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft N-[3-(2-carboxyethyl)phenyl]piperidin-1-ylacetamide derivatives and use thereof as activators of soluble guanylate cyclase
US9682968B2 (en) 2013-07-15 2017-06-20 Novartis Ag Piperidinyl-indole derivatives complement factor B inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2019170543A1 (en) 2018-03-07 2019-09-12 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Identification and use of erk5 inhibitors
WO2019106572A3 (en) * 2017-11-28 2020-02-06 Hsrx Group, Llc Composition for treating and preventing diabetes mellitus type ii and alzheimer's disease
WO2020234103A1 (en) 2019-05-21 2020-11-26 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Identification and use of kras inhibitors
US11827610B2 (en) 2021-09-15 2023-11-28 Enko Chem, Inc. Protoporphyrinogen oxidase inhibitors

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008518937A (en) * 2004-10-28 2008-06-05 ジ インスティチューツ フォー ファーマシューティカル ディスカバリー、エルエルシー Substituted carboxylic acid
WO2009075874A1 (en) * 2007-12-13 2009-06-18 Amgen Inc. Gamma secretase modulators
ES2544532T3 (en) 2010-12-07 2015-09-01 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted 1-benzylcycloalkylcarboxylic acids and their use
TWI663159B (en) 2013-12-10 2019-06-21 美商健臻公司 Tropomyosin-related kinase (trk) inhibitors
MX2017008058A (en) 2014-12-18 2017-09-28 Genzyme Corp Pharmaceutical formulations of tropomyosin related kinase (trk) inhibitors.
US10905667B2 (en) 2018-07-24 2021-02-02 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Orally administrable modified-release pharmaceutical dosage form

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004099170A2 (en) * 2003-04-30 2004-11-18 The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc Phenyl substituted carboxylic acids as inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatase-1b
WO2004099171A2 (en) * 2003-04-30 2004-11-18 The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc Substituted amino carboxylic acids as inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatase-1b

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3558640A (en) * 1967-12-20 1971-01-26 Merck & Co Inc Certain pyridyl and thiazolyl methylthiopropionic acids and derivatives
AT336589B (en) * 1974-05-20 1977-05-10 Thomae Gmbh Dr K METHOD FOR PRODUCING NEW BIPHENYL DERIVATIVES
FR2621038B1 (en) * 1987-09-28 1989-12-29 Rhone Poulenc Sante ALCADIAN DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATIONS, THE MEDICINES CONTAINING THEM, AND INTERMEDIATE PRODUCTS
US5502246A (en) * 1994-03-22 1996-03-26 Eli Lilly And Company Solid-phase synthesis utilizing photochemical carbon-sulfur bond cleavage of thioethers
US6204293B1 (en) * 1995-11-06 2001-03-20 University Of Pittsburgh Inhibitors of protein isoprenyl transferases

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004099170A2 (en) * 2003-04-30 2004-11-18 The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc Phenyl substituted carboxylic acids as inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatase-1b
WO2004099171A2 (en) * 2003-04-30 2004-11-18 The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc Substituted amino carboxylic acids as inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatase-1b

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MALAMAS M S ET AL: "Novel Benzofuran and Benzothiophene Biphenyls as Inhibitors of Protein Tyrosine Phophatase 1B with Antihyperglycemic Properties" JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY. WASHINGTON, US, vol. 43, no. 7, 6 April 2000 (2000-04-06), pages 1293-1310, XP002190818 ISSN: 0022-2623 *

Cited By (39)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7504401B2 (en) 2003-08-29 2009-03-17 Locus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-cancer agents and uses thereof
WO2008033455A2 (en) * 2006-09-13 2008-03-20 The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc Biphenyl and heteroaryl phenyl derivatives as protein tyrosine phosphatases inhibitors
WO2008033455A3 (en) * 2006-09-13 2008-12-24 Inst For Pharm Discovery Inc Biphenyl and heteroaryl phenyl derivatives as protein tyrosine phosphatases inhibitors
WO2008033931A1 (en) * 2006-09-13 2008-03-20 The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc Para-xylylene carboxylic acids and isothiazolones useful as protein tyrosine phosphatases (ptps) in particular ptp-ib
JP2010524932A (en) * 2007-04-16 2010-07-22 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド Substituted biphenylphenoxy-, thiophenyl- and aminophenylpropanoic acid GPR40 modulators
US8461189B2 (en) 2007-06-27 2013-06-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Pyridyl derivatives as histone deacetylase inhibitors
US9096559B2 (en) 2007-06-27 2015-08-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 4-carboxybenzylamino derivatives as histone deacetylase inhibitors
US8389553B2 (en) 2007-06-27 2013-03-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 4-carboxybenzylamino derivatives as histone deacetylase inhibitors
US9233956B2 (en) 2008-05-06 2016-01-12 Novartis Ag Benzene sulfonamide thiazole and oxazole compounds
US8415345B2 (en) 2008-05-06 2013-04-09 Glaxo SmithKline LLC Benzene sulfonamide thiazole and oxazole compounds
US8642759B2 (en) 2008-05-06 2014-02-04 Glaxosmithkline Llc Benzene sulfonamide thiazole and oxazole compounds
WO2010043000A1 (en) * 2008-10-17 2010-04-22 Akaal Pharma Pty Ltd S1p receptors modulators and their use thereof
US9707205B2 (en) 2008-10-17 2017-07-18 Akaal Pharma Pty Ltd. S1P receptors modulators and their use thereof
US8592399B2 (en) 2008-10-17 2013-11-26 Akaal Pharma Pty Ltd. S1P receptors modulators and their use thereof
US9193716B2 (en) 2008-10-17 2015-11-24 Akaal Pharma Pty Ltd. S1P receptors modulators and their use thereof
US9181182B2 (en) 2008-10-17 2015-11-10 Akaal Pharma Pty Ltd S1P receptors modulators
DE102009046115A1 (en) 2009-10-28 2011-09-08 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted 3-phenylpropanoic acids and their use
WO2011051165A1 (en) 2009-10-28 2011-05-05 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted 3-phenylpropionic acids and the use thereof
CN102844300A (en) * 2010-02-15 2012-12-26 拜耳知识产权有限责任公司 Cyclic ketoenols for use in therapy
WO2011098433A1 (en) * 2010-02-15 2011-08-18 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Cyclic keto-enols for therapy
WO2012139888A1 (en) 2011-04-13 2012-10-18 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Branched 3-phenylpropionic acid derivatives and the use thereof
US20130079412A1 (en) * 2011-04-13 2013-03-28 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Branched 3-phenylpropionic acid derivatives and their use
US11377417B2 (en) 2011-04-13 2022-07-05 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Branched 3-phenylpropionic acid derivatives and their use
DE102011007272A1 (en) 2011-04-13 2012-10-18 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Branched 3-phenylpropionic acid derivatives and their use
US20140309307A1 (en) * 2011-04-13 2014-10-16 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Branched 3-phenylpropionic acid derivatives and their use
US8796335B2 (en) * 2011-04-13 2014-08-05 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Branched 3-phenylpropionic acid derivatives and their use
US9309198B2 (en) 2012-05-22 2016-04-12 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft N-[3-(2-carboxyethyl)phenyl]piperidin-1-ylacetamide derivatives and use thereof as activators of soluble guanylate cyclase
US9616050B2 (en) 2013-05-28 2017-04-11 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
US9155727B2 (en) 2013-05-28 2015-10-13 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
US10130617B2 (en) 2013-05-28 2018-11-20 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
US9682968B2 (en) 2013-07-15 2017-06-20 Novartis Ag Piperidinyl-indole derivatives complement factor B inhibitors and uses thereof
US10093663B2 (en) 2013-07-15 2018-10-09 Novartis Ag Piperidinyl-indole derivatives complement factor B inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2015150350A1 (en) 2014-04-03 2015-10-08 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft 2,5-disubstituted cyclopentane carboxylic acids for the treatment of respiratoy tract diseases
WO2015150363A1 (en) 2014-04-03 2015-10-08 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft 2,5-disubstituted cyclopentane carboxylic acids and use thereof
WO2015150362A2 (en) 2014-04-03 2015-10-08 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Chiral 2,5-disubstituted cyclopentanecarboxylic acid derivatives and use thereof
WO2019106572A3 (en) * 2017-11-28 2020-02-06 Hsrx Group, Llc Composition for treating and preventing diabetes mellitus type ii and alzheimer's disease
WO2019170543A1 (en) 2018-03-07 2019-09-12 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Identification and use of erk5 inhibitors
WO2020234103A1 (en) 2019-05-21 2020-11-26 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Identification and use of kras inhibitors
US11827610B2 (en) 2021-09-15 2023-11-28 Enko Chem, Inc. Protoporphyrinogen oxidase inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1836182A2 (en) 2007-09-26
US20060122257A1 (en) 2006-06-08
CA2587566A1 (en) 2006-05-26
JP2008520683A (en) 2008-06-19
AU2005307818A1 (en) 2006-05-26
US7465825B2 (en) 2008-12-16
WO2006055625A3 (en) 2006-11-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7465825B2 (en) Phenyl substituted carboxylic acids
US7524878B2 (en) Phenyl substituted carboxylic acids
US7498356B2 (en) Substituted amino carboxylic acids
US7358248B2 (en) Substituted amino carboxylic acids
US7358364B2 (en) Substituted carboxylic acids
EP1805136A1 (en) Substituted phenylalkanoic acids
US20060094747A1 (en) Substituted carboxylic acids

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KN KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV LY MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2587566

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2005307818

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005849533

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007543198

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2005307818

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20051117

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005307818

Country of ref document: AU

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005849533

Country of ref document: EP